User's Manual

ManualsBrandsPolycom ManualsserversPolycom Polycom Server 1500

[Type the document title]

Polycom Document Title 1



Version 8.1 | June 2013 | DOC2720B

Polycom® RealPresence® Collaboration Server

(RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide

Summary of content (1124 pages)

PAGE 1
[Type the document title] Version 8.
PAGE 2
Trademark Information POLYCOM® and the names and marks associated with Polycom's products are trademarks and/or service marks of Polycom, Inc., and are registered and/or common law marks in the United States and various other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Patent Information The accompanying product may be protected by one or more U.S. and foreign patents and/or pending patent applications held by Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 3
Table of Contents Table of Contents RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Overview . . . . . 1-1 About the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide ........................................................................................................... 1-1 Who Should Read This Guide? .................................................................................... 1-2 Prerequisites ...................................................................
PAGE 4
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Defining AVC CP Conferencing Profiles ..................................................................2-27 Defining a Video Switching Conference Profile .......................................................2-59 H.264 High Profile Support in Video Switching Conferences .......................2-62 Minimum Threshold Line Rate System Flags ...................................................2-63 Defining SVC Conferencing Profiles .
PAGE 5
Table of Contents Setting the Maximum CP Resolution for Conferencing ................................ 3-20 Minimum Frame Rate Threshold for SD Resolution ....................................... 3-20 H.264 High Profile System Flags (Version 7.0.1 only) .................................... 3-20 Additional Video Resolutions in MPM+/MPMx Card Configuration Mode ............. 3-22 Microsoft RTV Video Protocol Support in CP Conferences ........................................... 3-23 Guidelines .................
PAGE 6
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Auto Scan and Customized Polling in Video Layout (CP Only) ...................................4-38 Guidelines ......................................................................................................................4-38 Enabling Auto Scan and Customized Polling (CP Only) ........................................4-38 Auto Scan ..............................................................................................
PAGE 7
Table of Contents Multiple Cascade Links ............................................................................................... 4-63 Guidelines .............................................................................................................. 4-63 Enabling and Using Multiple Cascade Links ........................................................... 4-64 Creating a Link Participant .........................................................................................
PAGE 8
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Basic Cascading .......................................................................................................................5-4 Basic Cascading using IP Cascaded Link ....................................................................5-4 Dialing Directly to a Conference ..........................................................................5-5 Dialing to an Entry Queue ...............................................
PAGE 9
Table of Contents Call Flows .............................................................................................................. 7-11 SIP Factories .......................................................................................................................... 7-13 Creating SIP Factories .................................................................................................. 7-13 SIP Registration & Presence for Entry Queues and SIP Factories .................................
PAGE 10
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Reservations .............................................................................................................9-2 Using the Reservation Calendar ...........................................................................................9-3 Toolbar Buttons .......................................................................................................9-3 Reservations Views ........................................
PAGE 11
Table of Contents Exporting Conference Templates ............................................................................. 11-14 Exporting All Conference Templates from an MCU ..................................... 11-14 Exporting Selected Conference Templates ..................................................... 11-15 Importing Conference Templates ............................................................................ 11-17 Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 12
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Users, Connections, and Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-1 Users .......................................................................................................................................15-1 User Types .....................................................................................................................15-1 Administrator ...................................
PAGE 13
Table of Contents ISDN/PSTN Network Services ........................................................................................ 16-44 Adding/Modifying ISDN/PSTN Network Services ............................................ 16-45 Obtaining ISDN/PSTN required information ............................................... 16-45 Modifying an ISDN/PSTN Network Service ......................................................... 16-51 Network Security .............................................................
PAGE 14
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide IVR Services Toolbar ....................................................................................................17-2 Adding Languages ...............................................................................................................17-3 Uploading a Message File to the Collaboration Server ...........................................17-4 Defining a New Conference IVR Service ....................................
PAGE 15
Table of Contents Direct IP Dialing ........................................................................................................... 19-6 Dial-out Calls ........................................................................................................ 19-6 Dial-in Calls ........................................................................................................... 19-7 Enabling or Disabling Direct IP Dialing ............................................................
PAGE 16
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Status Bar ..............................................................................................................20-11 Address Book ......................................................................................................20-12 Conference Templates ........................................................................................20-12 Adding MCUs to the MCUs List ..........................................
PAGE 17
Table of Contents Guidelines ............................................................................................................ 21-23 Port Usage Threshold ................................................................................................ 21-23 Setting the Port Usage Threshold ..................................................................... 21-24 SIP Dial-in Busy Notification ............................................................................ 21-24 Port Usage Gauges ...
PAGE 18
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Main Screen Banner ............................................................................................21-59 Software Management .......................................................................................................21-59 Backup and Restore Guidelines ................................................................................21-59 Using Software Management ..............................................
PAGE 19
Table of Contents Certificate Management ...................................................................................................... 23-5 (PKI) Public Key Infrastructure .................................................................................. 23-5 Adding Certificates to the Certificate Repository .................................................... 23-6 Trusted Certificates ..............................................................................................
PAGE 20
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide MS Active Directory Integration ..............................................................................23-32 Directory and Database Options ..............................................................................23-32 Ultra Secure Mode ..............................................................................................23-32 Standard Security Mode ..............................................................
PAGE 21
Table of Contents Viewing the Properties of RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Hardware Components ....................................................................................................... 24-3 Viewing the Properties of RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 Hardware Components ..................................................................................................... 24-10 Viewing the Properties of RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 Hardware Components ...
PAGE 22
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Enabling External Database Validation for Conferences Access ..................D-10 Appendix E - Participant Properties Advanced Channel Information . . . . . E-1 Appendix F - Secure Communication Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 Certificate Configuration and Management ...................................................................... F-1 Certificate Template Requirements .........................
PAGE 23
Table of Contents Dialing to an Entry Queue, Meeting Room or Conference Using the Matched URI Method .........................................................................................H-12 Setting the Numerical Dialing Method ....................................................................H-13 Setting the Numerical Dialing for Collaboration Server Meeting Rooms ..H-13 Optional. Removing the Collaboration Server from the Host Authorization List .....................................................
PAGE 24
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Guidelines ............................................................................................................ H-52 Configuring the MCU for Content Sharing via the Polycom CSS Plug-in ........ H-52 Setting the System Flag ...................................................................................... H-52 Conference Profile Settings ................................................................................
PAGE 25
Table of Contents Administration .......................................................................................................................I-13 Gatekeepers ....................................................................................................................I-13 Standalone Polycom CMA/DMA System as a Gatekeeper ............................I-13 Standalone Cisco IOS Gatekeeper .......................................................................
PAGE 26
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide CTS Participants .................................................................................................... I-46 Lync Participants (RTV) ....................................................................................... I-47 Known Limitations ....................................................................................................... I-48 Appendix J - Restoring Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 27
1 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Overview About the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/ 2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The product names, Polycom® RealPresence® Collaboration Server 1500, 2000, 4000 and RMX® 1500, 2000, 4000 are used interchangeably throughout this document.
PAGE 28
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • Perform basic configuration procedures. • Start a new conference and connect participants/endpoints to it. • Monitor ongoing conferences • Perform basic operations and monitoring tasks The Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments provides a deployment methodology for system administrators implementing Maximum Security Environments.
PAGE 29
Chapter 1-RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Overview Table 1-1 Typographic Conventions Convention Description Indicates a variable for which you must enter information specific to your installation, endpoint, or network. For example, when you see , enter the IP address of the described device. > Indicates that you need to select an item from a menu.
PAGE 30
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The following diagram describes the multipoint video conferencing configuration with the Collaboration Server as a standalone system.
PAGE 31
Chapter 1-RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Overview Network Services Guidelines IP Networks In the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 and RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000, system management and IP conferencing are performed via a single LAN port. Management uses Lan1 and IP network Services use Lan2. When enabling multiple services, management and the IP network service (1) share Lan1, the second IP network service (2) uses Lan2.
PAGE 32
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Viewing the Card Configuration Mode The Card Configuration Mode is determined according to the installed media card. The Licensing Mode and the Card Configuration Mode for your MCU can be viewed in the System Information dialog box (go to Administration > System Information). In the example shown here, the Collaboration Server Licensing Mode is CP Licensing, and the Card Configuration Mode is MPMx.
PAGE 33
Chapter 1-RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Overview Table 1-2 Features Supported with MPMx Card Configuration Mode Only Feature Name Description Support of Symmetric HD Resolutions Support of symmetric HD video resolutions HD 1080p30 and HD 720p60. w448 Resolution support Improves interoperability with Tandberg MXP 990/3000 endpoints providing these endpoints the resolution of W448p (768x448 pixels) at 25fps.
PAGE 34
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 1-2 Features Supported with MPMx Card Configuration Mode Only Feature Name Description RTV B-Frame Support The MCU supports Microsoft RTV B-Frame encoder of real-time video enhancing the viewing experience for Microsoft Lync clients. It delivers a better quality video picture by splitting a video frame into pixel segments or slices and predicting the pixel segments in the next video frame.
PAGE 35
Chapter 1-RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Overview Collaboration Server Web Client does not support larger Windows text or font sizes. It is recommended to set the text size to 100% (default) or Normal in the Display settings in Windows Control Panel on all workstations. Otherwise, some dialog boxes might not appear properly aligned. To change the text size, select Control Panel>Display. For Windows XP, click the Appearance tab, select Normal for the Font size and click OK.
PAGE 36
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 1-10 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 37
2 Conference Profiles Profiles stored on the Collaboration Server enable you to define all types of conferences. Profiles include conference parameters such as Conferencing Mode, Conference Session Type, Conference Line Rate, video and Content sharing resolutions and settings, Video Layout, Encryption, Lost Packet Recovery (LPR), etc.
PAGE 38
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide All endpoints that do not support the H.264 SVC protocol such as H.263, H.264, or RTV, are considered AVC endpoints. The MCU process the received video, transcodes it and send the resulting video streams to the endpoints. The video processing that is required differs according to the video session set for the conference, with all the processing performed by the MCU.
PAGE 39
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-1 Conferencing Capabilities in the Different Conferencing Modes (Continued) Feature Dial Out CP Only  Mixed CP & SVC SVC Only   (AVC Only) Auto Redial    LPR  *** ***  All Content Settings, All Content Protocols  Graphics Only, H.264 Cascade & SVC Optimized  Graphics Only, H.
PAGE 40
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide AVC Conferencing - Video Session Types All endpoints have AVC capabilities and can connect to AVC conferences running on the MCU. AVC-based Endpoints can connect using different signaling protocols and different video protocols.
PAGE 41
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Figure 2-1 AVC Continuous Presence (CP) video streams and built layouts Video quality in Continuous Presence conferences is affected by the conference line rate (that determines the maximum line rate to be used by the connecting endpoints), and the video capabilities of the endpoints such as the video protocol, video resolution and frame rate. Content sharing is available in all CP conferences.
PAGE 42
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • H.263 - a video compression algorithm that provides a better video quality than H.261. This standard is not supported by all endpoints. • H.264 Base Profile - a video compression standard that offers improved video quality, especially at line rates lower than 384 Kbps. H.264 High Profile allows higher quality video to be transmitted at lower line rates.
PAGE 43
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles • • — HD1080p60 — H.264 1080p30 — H.264 720p30 — H.264 720p60 — H.264 SD 30 — H.264 CIF (from version 7.6) — H.263 CIF (from version 7.6) — H.261 CIF (from version 7.6) Video Switching conferencing mode is unavailable to ISDN participants. Video Switching uses fewer system resources than CP: only one CIF video resource per participant for any resolution (including HD). Table 2-2 lists the resources available to VSW conferences by line rate and card type.
PAGE 44
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • To connect to a Video Switching conference via Entry Queue, the Profile assigned to the Entry Queue must be set to Video Switching. It is recommended to use the same profile for both the destination conference and Entry Queue. • The HD_THRESHOLD_BITRATE flag must be set in the System Configuration. The value of this flag is the system minimum threshold bit rate for HD resolutions.
PAGE 45
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-4 Video Session Mode by Line Rate and Card type (Continued) Line Rate (kbps) MPM MPM+ MPMx 2560 3072 3584 Video Switching 4096 6144 Not Supported Video Switching AVC Conferencing Parameters When defining a new video Profile, you select the parameters that determine the video display on the participant’s endpoint and the quality of the video.
PAGE 46
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — Standard Definition (SD) - A high quality video protocol which uses the H.264 and H.264 High Profile video algorithms. It enables compliant endpoints to connect to Continuous Presence conferences at resolutions of 720 x 576 pixels for PAL systems and 720 x 480 pixels for NTSC systems. For more information, see . — High Definition (HD) – HD is an ultra-high quality video resolution that uses he H.264 and H.
PAGE 47
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles • Telepresence Mode (CP Conferences only) - enables the connection of numerous high definition telepresence rooms and of different models (such as TPX and RPX) into one conference maintaining the telepresence experience. This mode is enabled by a special license. TIP Support TIP is a proprietary protocol created by Cisco for deployment in Cisco TelePresence systems (CTS).
PAGE 48
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-5 Default CP Only Conference Profile Settings (Continued) Setting Value Content Protocol H.
PAGE 49
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles SVC-based Conferencing Although SVC Conferencing Mode options are available in Conference Profiles, it is advised that they not be used with Version 8.1.4.J. The SVC-Based conferencing mode provides video without transcoding by the MCU, hence requiring less video resources while providing better error resiliency and lower latency.
PAGE 50
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The video streams displayed in the conference layout on each endpoint is obtained from the different streams received from each of the endpoints displayed in the layout. Depending on the size of the video cell in the configured layout, the endpoint requests the video stream in the required resolution from the RealPresence Collaboration Server.
PAGE 51
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles • — Polycom SVC-enabled endpoints (Polycom® RealPresence® Desktop, Polycom® RealPresence® Mobile) — Ad Hoc conferencing via Meeting Rooms and ongoing conferences SVC Only conferences can run on the same MCU as AVC Only conferences. • All the endpoints participating in a single SVC Only conference must be connected to the same media card and cannot be handled by different media cards as the SVC media streams cannot be shared between them.
PAGE 52
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — — — — — — — — — — Skins. The video cells are displayed on the endpoint’s default background.
PAGE 53
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-7 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 54
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-7 Default SVC Only Conference Profile Settings (Continued) Setting Value Mute participants except the lecturer Not applicable IVR Name Conference IVR Service Message Overlay Disabled Network Services - SIP Registration Disabled Network Services - Accept Calls Enabled Mixed CP and SVC Conferencing In a mixed CP (AVC) and SVC conference, AVC-based endpoints and SVC-enabled endpoints can be supported in
PAGE 55
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles The following diagram illustrates an example of a mixed CP and SVC conferencing mode: In this example, an SVC endpoint (1) receives three video streams at different frame rates and resolutions, and creates the conference layout with the received video streams. The video bit stream that the SVC endpoint receives from the AVC endpoint (3) is transcoded in the Collaboration Server and then encoded into an SVC bit stream in the required resolution.
PAGE 56
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-8 2-20 Default Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profile Settings (Continued) Setting Value Video Switching Disabled Operator Conference Disabled Encryption Enabled Packet Loss Compensation (LPR and DBA) Enabled for AVC participants only Auto Terminate • • After last participant quits - Enabled When last participant remains - Disabled Auto Redialing Disabled Font for text over video Enabled for AVC pa
PAGE 57
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-8 Default Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profile Settings (Continued) Setting Value Mute participants except the lecturer Disabled Skin Classic (for AVC participants) IVR Name Conference IVR Service Recording Enabled Site Names display Enabled for AVC participants only Message Overlay Disabled Network Services - SIP Registration Disabled Network Services - Accept Calls Enabled Network quality indication Enabled for AVC participants only This Profile
PAGE 58
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The following table describes an example of the resource capacity allocations for the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX): System Resources are now reported in terms of HD720p30 CP ports. One HD video port equals 3 CIF video ports.
PAGE 59
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles The following diagram illustrates the amount of AVC to SVC port resources that are used in an actual mixed CP and SVC conference: Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 60
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Viewing Profiles Conference Profiles are listed in the Conference Profiles list pane. To list Conference Profiles: 1 In the RMX Management pane, expand the Rarely Used list. 2 Click the Conference Profiles button. The Conference Profiles are displayed in the List pane. Profile Toolbar Profile List The number of the currently defined Conference Profiles appears in the title of the list pane.
PAGE 61
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-10 Conference Profiles Pane Columns (Continued) Field Description Routing Name Displays the Routing Name defined by the user or automatically generated by the system. Encryption Displays if media encryption is enabled for the Profile. For more information see "Media Encryption” on page 4-41.
PAGE 62
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Deleting a Conference Profile To delete a Conference Profile: 1 In the Conference Profiles list, select the Conference Profile you want to delete. 2 Click the Delete Profile ( ) button. or Right-click the Conference Profile to be deleted and select Delete Profile from the dropdown menu. A confirmation dialog box is displayed. 3 Click OK in the confirmation dialog box. 4 The Conference Profile is deleted.
PAGE 63
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles In MPM+ Card Configuration Mode, the Site Names are configured and behave as in version 7.6 and earlier. The following Profile Definition procedure assumes that the Collaboration Server is in MPMx Mode. Differences in the procedure that are affected by the Card Configuration Mode will be highlighted and explained as and when applicable. Defining AVC CP Conferencing Profiles To define a new Profile: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click Conference Profiles. 2 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 64
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Define the Profile name and, if required, the Profile - General parameters: Table 2-12 New AVC CP Profile - General Parameters Field/Option Description Display Name Enter a unique Profile name, as follows: • English text uses ASCII encoding and can contain the most characters (length varies according to the field). • European and Latin text length is approximately half the length of the maximum.
PAGE 65
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-12 New AVC CP Profile - General Parameters (Continued) 4 Field/Option Description Operator Conference (CP Only) Select this option to define the profile of an Operator conference. An Operator conference can only be a Continuous Presence conference, therefore when selected, the Video Switching option is disabled and cleared. When defining an Operator Conference, the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints option in the Video Settings tab is cleared and disabled.
PAGE 66
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5 Define the following parameters: Table 2-13 New AVC CP Profile - Advanced Parameters Field/Option Description Encryption Select the Encryption option for the conference: • Encrypt All - Encryption is enabled for the conference and all conference participants must be encrypted. • • No Encryption - Encryption is disabled for the conference.
PAGE 67
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-13 New AVC CP Profile - Advanced Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Auto Redialing The Auto Redialing option instructs the Collaboration Server to automatically redial H.323 and SIP participants that have been abnormally disconnected from the conference. • Auto Redialing is disabled by default. • Auto Redialing can be enabled or disabled during an ongoing conference using the Conference Properties – Advanced dialog box.
PAGE 68
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-13 New AVC CP Profile - Advanced Parameters (Continued) 2-32 Field/Option Description FW NAT Keep Alive The MCU can be configured to send a FW NAT Keep Alive message at specific Intervals for the RTP, UDP and BFCP channels. For more information see "FW (Firewall) NAT Keep Alive” on page 16-77. Interval If needed, modify the NAT Keep Alive Interval field within the range of 1 - 86400 seconds.
PAGE 69
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-14 New AVC CP Profile - Gathering Settings Parameters Field Description Display Name This field is defined when the Profile is created. For more information see the "Defining New Profiles” on page 2-26. Enable Gathering Select this check box to enable the Gathering Phase feature. Default: Selected. Displayed Language Select the Gathering Phase slide language: Gathering Phase slide field headings are displayed in the language selected.
PAGE 70
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 8 Click the Video Quality tab. The New Profile – Video Quality dialog box opens. 9 Define the following parameters: Table 2-15 New AVC CP Profile - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option Description People Video Definition Video Quality Sharpness is the only supported content format that supports higher video resolutions.
PAGE 71
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-15 New AVC CP Profile - Video Quality Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Maximum Resolution This setting overrides the Maximum Resolution setting of the Resolution Configuration dialog box. The administrator can select one of the following Maximum Resolution options: • Auto (default) - The Maximum Resolution remains as selected in the Resolution Configuration dialog box.
PAGE 72
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-15 New AVC CP Profile - Video Quality Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Content Video Definition Content Settings Select the transmission mode for the Content channel: • Graphics — basic mode, intended for normal graphics • Hi-res Graphics (AVC CP Only) — a higher bit rate intended for high resolution graphic display • • Live Video (AVC CP Only) — Content channel displays live video Customize
PAGE 73
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-15 New AVC CP Profile - Video Quality Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Content Protocol Select the Content Protocol to be used for content sharing in Highest Common Content Sharing Mode. • H.263 (AVC CP only) • • • • Use this option when most of the endpoints support H.263 and some endpoints support H.264. H.263 & H.264 Auto Selection (AVC CP only) • Content is shared using H.263 if a mix of H.263-supporting and H.
PAGE 74
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-15 New AVC CP Profile - Video Quality Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Send Content to Legacy Endpoints (continued) • If the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints is enabled, TIP Compatibility Mode setting cannot be modified. • Once an endpoint is categorized as Legacy, it will not be able to restore its content to the Content channel and will receive content only in the video channel.
PAGE 75
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-16 New AVC CP Profile - Video Settings Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Lecture View Switching Select this option to enable automatic switching of participants on the Lecturer’s screen when Lecture Mode is enabled for the conference. The automatic switching is enabled when the number of participants exceeds the number of video windows displayed on the Lecturer’s screen. Note: Lecture Mode is enabled in the Conference Properties – Participants tab.
PAGE 76
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-16 New AVC CP Profile - Video Settings Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Telepresence Mode Select the Telepresence Mode from the drop-down menu: • Off - Normal conference video is sent by the Collaboration Server. (CP only) • Auto (Default) - If any ITP (Immersive Telepresence) endpoints are detected, ITP features are applied to the conference video for all participants.
PAGE 77
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-17 Auto Layout – Default Layouts in CP Conferences (Continued) Number of Video Participants Auto Layout Default Settings 6–7 8-10 11 12+ In layout 2+8, the two central windows display the last two speakers in the conference: the current speaker and the “previous” speaker. To minimize the changes in the layout, when a new speaker is identified the “previous” speaker is replaced by the new speaker while the current speaker remains in his/her window.
PAGE 78
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 12 To select the Video Layout for the conference, click the required number of windows from the layouts bar and then select the windows array. The selected layout is displayed in the Video Layout pane. Table 2-18 Video Layout Options Number of Video Windows Available Video Layouts 1 2 3 4 5+ 9 10+ Overlay 2-42 For more information see "Overlay Layouts” on page 2-73. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 79
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles 13 Click the Audio Settings tab. The New Profile - Audio Settings dialog box opens. 14 Define the following parameters: Table 2-19 New AVC CP Profile - Audio Settings Parameters Polycom, Inc. Field/Option Description Echo Suppression This option is activated only in MPM+ Card Configuration Mode. When enabled (default), an algorithm is used to search for and detect echo outside the normal range of human speech (such as echo) and automatically mute them when detected.
PAGE 80
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-19 New AVC CP Profile - Audio Settings Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Audio Clarity When selected, improves received audio from participants connected via low audio bandwidth connections, by stretching the fidelity of the narrowband telephone connection to improve call clarity. • The enhancement is applied to the following low bandwidth (8kHz) audio algorithms: • • • • • G.729a G.
PAGE 81
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-19 New AVC CP Profile - Audio Settings Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Mute participant except lecturer (continued) • When you disconnect a lecturer from the conference or the lecturer leaves the conference, all participants remain muted but are able to view participants in regular video layout until the you disable the Mute Participants Except Lecturer option.
PAGE 82
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 15 For CP Conferences only: Click the Skins tab to modify the background and frames. The New Profile - Skins dialog box opens. In Classic View (for the first two skin options) the frames fill the screen with their borders touching 16 Select one of the Skin options. When Telepresence Mode is enabled, the Skin options are disabled as the system uses a black background and the frames and speaker indication are disabled.
PAGE 83
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles The New Profile - IVR dialog box opens. 18 If required, set the following parameters: Table 2-20 New AVC CP Profile - IVR Parameters Polycom, Inc. Field/Option Description Conference IVR Service The default conference IVR Service is selected. You can select another conference IVR Service if required.
PAGE 84
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-20 New AVC CP Profile - IVR Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Terminate conference after chairperson leaves Select this check box to automatically terminate the conference after the chairperson leaves. When the chairperson leaves, the “Chairperson Has Left” IVR message is played to all participants, at which point the conference terminates.
PAGE 85
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-21 New AVC CP Profile - Recording Parameters (Continued) Parameter Description Recording Link Select the Recording Link to be used for conference recording. Recording Links defined on the Collaboration Server can be given a descriptive name and can be associated with a Virtual Recording Room (VRR) saved on the Polycom® RSS™ 4000 Version 6.0 Recording and Streaming Server (RSS). For more information see "Recording Conferences” on page 14-1.
PAGE 86
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21 For MPMx Card Configuration Mode and CP Conferences only: Click the Site Names tab to display the Site Names dialog box. Using the Site Name dialog box, you can control the display of the site names by defining the font, size, color, background color and transparency and position within the Video Window. For a detailed description of the site names options see "Site Names Definition” on page 2-77.
PAGE 87
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-22 New AVC CP Profile - Site Names Parameters (Continued) Field Description Font Size Click the arrows to adjust the font size (in points) for the Site Names display. Range: 9 - 32 points Default: 12 Note: Choose a Font Size that is suitable for viewing at the conference’s video resolution. For example, if the resolution is CIF, a larger Font Size should be selected for easier viewing. Background Color Select the color of the Site Names display text.
PAGE 88
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-22 New AVC CP Profile - Site Names Parameters (Continued) Field Description Display Position Select the pre-set position for the display of the Site Names. Selection Site Names Position LeftTop (Default) Top RightTop LeftMiddle RightMiddle 2-52 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 89
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-22 New AVC CP Profile - Site Names Parameters (Continued) Field Description Display Position (cont.) LeftBottom Bottom RightBottom Polycom, Inc. Custom The current Site Names display position becomes the initial position for Site Names position adjustments using the Horizontal and Vertical Position sliders. Horizontal Position Move the slider to the left to move the horizontal position of the Site Names to the left within the Video Windows.
PAGE 90
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-22 New AVC CP Profile - Site Names Parameters (Continued) Field Description Background Transparency Move the slider to the left to decrease the transparency of the background of the Site Names text. 0 = No transparency (solid background color). Move the slider to the right to increase the transparency of the background of the Site Names text.
PAGE 91
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Message Overlay enables you to send text messages to all participants during ongoing Continuous Presence conferences. The text message is seen as part of the in the participant’s video layout on the endpoint screen or desktop display. For more details, see "Message Overlay for Text Messaging” on page 2-80. Define the following fields: Table 2-23 New AVC CP Profile - Message Overlay Parameters Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 92
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-23 New AVC CP Profile - Message Overlay Parameters (Continued) Field Description Color From the drop-down menu select the color and background of the Message Overlay display text. The choices are: MPMx Mode Color Options MPM+ Mode Color Options Default: White Text on Red Background.
PAGE 93
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles As the fields are modified the Preview changes to show the effect of the changes. For example: Small Text, White on red, Top, Middle Small Text, White on yellow, Bottom 23 Click the Network Services tab. The New Profile - Network Services tab opens. Registration of conferencing entities such as ongoing conferences, Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues, SIP Factories and Gateway Sessions with SIP servers is done per conferencing entity.
PAGE 94
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 24 Define the following parameters: Table 2-24 New AVC CP Profile - Network Services Parameters Parameter Description IP Network Services: Service Name This column lists all the defined Network Services, one or several depending on the system configuration.
PAGE 95
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Defining a Video Switching Conference Profile A Video Switching-enabled Profile must be created prior to running Video Switching conferences. Video Switching conferences and Meeting Rooms are created by selecting a Video Switching-enabled Profile and must be set to the same line rate as the target conference. To connect to an Video Switching conference via an Entry Queue, the Entry Queue must be Video Switching enabled.
PAGE 96
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Define the Profile name and, if required, the Profile - General parameters: Table 2-25 New AVC Profile (VSW) - General Parameters Field/Option Description Display Name Enter a unique Profile name, as follows: • English text uses ASCII encoding and can contain the most characters (length varies according to the field). • European and Latin text length is approximately half the length of the maximum.
PAGE 97
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-25 New AVC Profile (VSW) - General Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Video Switching This check box is automatically selected when the Conferencing Mode is set to Video Switching. Select the video protocol and resolution for the conference. • Select the video protocol and resolution for the conference. Resolutions supported by MPM+ and MPMx cards only: • • • • • • • • H.264 1080p60 H.264 1080p30 H.264 720p60 H.264 720p30 H.264 SD 30 H.264 CIF H.
PAGE 98
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide When Video Switching is selected for the conference, the following options are not available: 4 5 — Operator Conference — Gathering Phase — Video Settings: • Presentation Mode • Send Content To Legacy Endpoints • Auto Layout/Same Layout (only full screen, 1x1 layout display is available) • Auto Scan — Skins — Site Names — Message Overlay Define the various Profile parameters.
PAGE 99
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Minimum Threshold Line Rate System Flags The following table lists the System Flags that control the minimum threshold line rate for the various resolutions available for High Profile-enabled VSW conferences. Table 2-26 System Flags - Minimum Threshold Line Rates Flag Name Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 100
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Defining SVC Conferencing Profiles Although SVC Conferencing Mode options are available in Conference Profiles, it is advised that they not be used with Version 8.1.4.J. To define SVC Only Profile: 1 In the Collaboration Server Management pane, click Conference Profiles. 2 In the Conference Profiles pane, click the New Profile button. The New Profile – General dialog box opens.
PAGE 101
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles The profile tabs and options change accordingly and only supported options are available for selection. Unsupported options are disabled (grayed out). 4 Define the Profile name and, if required, the Profile - General parameters: Table 2-27 New SVC Profile - General Parameters Field/Option Description Display Name Enter a unique Profile name, as follows: • English text uses ASCII encoding and can contain the most characters (length varies according to the field).
PAGE 102
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 2-27 New SVC Profile - General Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Routing Name Enter the Profile name using ASCII characters set. The Routing Name can be defined by the user or automatically generated by the system if no Routing Name is entered as follows: • If an all ASCII text is entered in Display Name, it is used also as the Routing Name.
PAGE 103
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles 6 Define the following supported parameters: Table 2-28 New SVC Profile - Advanced Parameters Field/Option Description Encryption Select the Encryption option for the conference: • Encrypt All - Encryption is enabled for the conference and all conference participants must be encrypted. • • No Encryption - Encryption is disabled for the conference.
PAGE 104
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 7 Click the Video Quality tab. The New Profile – Video Quality dialog box opens. 8 In SVC Profiles, the video and Content sharing parameters cannot be modified and they are set to the following parameters: Table 2-29 New SVC Profile - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option Description Content Video Definition 2-68 Content Settings Only Graphics is available in SVC Conferencing Mode for transmission of Content.
PAGE 105
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles 9 Click the Video Settings tab. By default, the layout is set to Auto Layout and it cannot be changed. All other video settings options are unavailable in SVC Only conferences. 10 Click the Audio Settings tab. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 106
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide All the Audio options are disabled in SVC Only Profiles. 11 Click the IVR tab. 12 If required, set the following parameters: Table 2-30 New AVC CP Profile - IVR Parameters 2-70 Field/Option Description Conference IVR Service The default conference IVR Service is selected. You can select another conference IVR Service if required.
PAGE 107
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Table 2-30 New AVC CP Profile - IVR Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description Terminate conference after chairperson leaves Select this check box to automatically terminate the conference after the chairperson leaves. When the chairperson leaves, the “Chairperson Has Left” IVR message is played to all participants, at which point the conference terminates. This way an operator does not need to monitor a conference to know when to terminate it manually.
PAGE 108
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide enabled by assigning a conference Profile in which registration is configured for the required conferencing entities. Assigning a conference Profile in which registration is not configure for conferencing entities will prevent them from registering. By default, Registration is disabled in the Conference Profile, and must be enabled in Profiles assigned to conferencing entities that require registration.
PAGE 109
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles 2 In the Conference Profiles pane, click the New Profile button. The New Profile - General dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Conferencing Mode list, select CP and SVC to define a mixed AVC and SVC conference. For a detailed description of the CP and SVC Profile options refer to "Defining AVC CP Conferencing Profiles” on page 2-27. CP Conferencing Additional Information This section includes detailed explanation of various CP Profile settings.
PAGE 110
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Single Overlay Cell: 2-4 Screens These Overlay Layouts will only be available in ITP (Telepresence) conferences when support for Overlay Layouts is included in the Polycom® Multipoint Layout (MLA) application. Guidelines • The Overlay Layouts are supported: With MPMx cards only. In Collaboration Server CP Conferencing Mode only. With ITP, non-ITP and CTS endpoints used only as standard endpoints.
PAGE 111
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles • Overlay Layouts are not available for selection when using PCM or Click&View. PCM is not supported when the Collaboration Server is in Ultra Secure Mode. For more information see the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide for Maximum Security Environments, "Ultra Secure Mode” on page 23-1. • Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 112
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Selecting the Overlay Layouts The Overlay Layouts are selected in the New Profile - Video Settings dialog box, in the Overlay tab of the Video Layout tree. New Tab: Overlay 1 Standalone Endpoint 3 Standalone Endpoints 2 Standalone Endpoints Single Overlay Cell 2-4 Screens Pending MLA Support: ITP Room Names Displayed in Drop-down Menu 2-76 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 113
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Site Names Definition Using the Site Name dialog box, you can control the display of the site names by defining the font, size, color, background color and transparency and position within the Video Window. Site Names without Background (Plain Skin) Site Names with Background (Picture Skin) Guidelines • Only MPMx cards are supported. • Site Names display is Off by default in a new profile.
PAGE 114
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — Picture Skins - Site Names text is displayed with a background. Plain Skins Picture Skins • In MPMx Card Configuration Mode, the Site Names tab options replace the functionality of the System Flags that were used in versions 7.6 and earlier (as for MPM+).
PAGE 115
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles Site Names Display Position The Site Names display position is controlled using three fields in the Site Names tab: • Display Position drop-down menu • Horizontal Position slider • Vertical Position slider Using these three fields, the position at which the Site Names are displayed in the Video Windows can be set by: • Selecting a preset position from the drop-down menu in the Display Position field. • Moving the Horizontal and Vertical Position sliders.
PAGE 116
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Horizontal and Vertical Position sliders are automatically adjusted to match the Display Position drop-down menu preset selection. Moving the Horizontal and Vertical Position sliders >> Drag the Horizontal and Vertical Position sliders to adjust the position of the Site Names display. The Site Names display moves from its current position according to the slider movement.
PAGE 117
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles • Messages Overlay can be enabled or disabled during the ongoing conference. • Text messages Content can be changed on the fly during the ongoing conference. • Message Overlay text messages are supported in Unicode or ASCII characters. • The number of characters for each language can vary due to the type of font used, for example, the available number of characters for Chinese is 18, while for English and Russian it is 48.
PAGE 118
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Chinese Font Types On an RMX with an MPMx card a user can select one of several Chinese fonts for use when sending text over video.
PAGE 119
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles • A participant moved to another conference will be shown the font used by the new conference, even if the conferences use different fonts. Exporting and Importing Conference Profiles Conference Profiles can be exported from one MCU and imported to multiple MCUs in your environment, enabling you to copy the Conference Profiles definitions to other systems. This can save configuration time and ensures that identical settings are used for conferences running on different MCUs.
PAGE 120
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Click the Export Conference Profiles button or right-click the Conference Profiles pane, and then click Export Conference Profiles. The Conference Profile - Export dialog box is displayed. 4 In the Export Path field, click Browse to navigate to the location of the desired path where you want to save the exported file. 5 In the Profiles file name field, type the file name prefix.
PAGE 121
Chapter 2-Conference Profiles The Conference Profile - Export dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Export Path field, click Browse to navigate to the location of the desired path where you want to save the exported file. 4 In the Profiles file name field, type the file name prefix. The file name suffix (_confProfiles.xml) is predefined by the system. For example, if you type Profiles01, the exported file name is defined as Profiles01_confProfiles.xml.
PAGE 122
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Click the Import Conference Profiles button or right-click the Conference Profiles pane, and then click Import Conference Profiles. The Conference Profile - Import dialog box is displayed. 4 In the Import Path field, click Browse to navigate to the path and file name of the exported Conference Profiles you want to import. 5 Click OK to import the Conference Profiles.
PAGE 123
3 Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Video Resolutions in AVC-based CP Conferencing The following video resolution information applies to AVC Conferencing Mode.For a description of resolutions for SVC Conferencing Mode see "The MCU automatically selects the resolution and frame rate according to the conference line rate. Table 2-6 details the maximum resolution and frame rates supported by the MCU for each conference line rate.
PAGE 124
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Video Display with CIF, SD and HD Video Connections Although any combination of CIF, SD and HD connections is supported in all CP conferences, the following rules apply: • In a 1X1 Video Layout: • — SD: If the speaker transmits CIF, the MCU will send CIF to all participants, including the SD participants. In any other layout the MCU will transmit to each participant at the participant’s sending resolution.
PAGE 125
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing • • — For Content Sharing — As an RSS 4000 Recording link — With Video Preview HD108060 is supported — In Continuous Presence (CP) mode: • In both Video Quality modes (Motion or Sharpness) • With the maximum bit rate up to 4 Mbps • With symmetrical video qualities: The RMX receives HD108060 is supported and sends HD1080p50/60 is supported — In Video Switching (VSW) mode: • At bit rates of up to 6Mbps.
PAGE 126
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 3-2 Video Quality vs. Line Rate Video Quality Endpoint Line Rate Kbps Resolution Frame Rate 128 CIF 30 256 CIF 30 384 - 1920+ 4CIF 15 The Collaboration Server Web Client supports monitoring of H.263 4CIF information. The H.245 or SDP tab includes the additional information. The creation of a new H.263 4CIF slide is supported in the IVR Service in addition to the current H.263 IVR slide.
PAGE 127
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing • A different decision matrix is used for Motion and Sharpness as the quality requirements are different. By default, the system shipped with three pre-defined settings of the decision matrix for H.264 Base Profile and three pre-defined settings of the decision matrix for H.264 High Profile with Motion and Sharpness video quality for each: • Resource-Quality Balanced (default) A balance between video quality and resource usage.
PAGE 128
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide H.264 Base Profile Decision Matrix From Version 8.1, MPM+ media cards are not supported. The following illustrations show the resolutions used for the various Line Rates for each of the pre-defined optimization settings for H.264 Base Profile and Video Quality setting Sharpness and Motion for MPM+ and MPMx Card Configuration Modes.
PAGE 129
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Figure 3-2 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configuration is set to ResourceQuality Balanced Configuration in Sharpness and Motion Mode, MPMx Figure 3-3 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configuration is set to Resource Optimized Configuration in Sharpness and Motion Mode, MPM+ Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 130
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Figure 3-4 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configuration is set to Resource Optimized Configuration in Sharpness and Motion Mode, MPMx Figure 3-5 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configuration is set to Quality Optimized Configuration in Sharpness and Motion Mode, MPM+ 3-8 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 131
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Figure 3-6 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configuration is set to Quality Optimized Configuration in Sharpness and Motion Mode, MPMx Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 132
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide H.264 High Profile Decision Matrices (MPMx) The following illustrations show the resolutions used for the various Line Rates for each of the pre-defined optimization settings for H.264 High Profile and Video Quality setting Sharpness and Motion for MPMx Card Configuration Mode.
PAGE 133
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Figure 3-9 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configuration is set to Resource Optimized Configuration in Sharpness and Motion Mode, MPMx H.264 Base Profile and High Profile Comparison The following illustrations show a comparison between the resolutions used at various line rates for H.264 baseline and the H.
PAGE 134
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Figure 3-11Resolution usage for H.264 High Profile and H.264 Base Profile for Motion at various line rates when Resolution Configuration is set to Video Quality Optimized Figure 3-12Resolution usage for H.264 High Profile and H.264 Base Profile for Motion at various line rates when Resolution Configuration is set to Resource Optimized 3-12 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 135
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Default Minimum Threshold Line Rates and Resource Usage Summary The following Table summarizes the Default Minimum Threshold Line Rates and Video Resource usage for each of the pre-defined optimization settings for each Resolution, H.264 Profile, Video Quality setting (Sharpness and Motion) for MPM, MPM+ and MPMx Card Configuration Modes. • • The table above lists resource consumption for H.264. For H.
PAGE 136
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Resolution Configuration for CP Conferences The Resolution Configuration dialog box enables Collaboration Server administrators to override the default video resolution decision matrix, effectively creating their own decision matrix. The minimum threshold line rates at which endpoints are connected at the various video resolutions can be optimized by adjusting the resolution sliders.
PAGE 137
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Modifying the Resolution Configuration in MPM or MPM+ Card Configuration Mode From Version 7.1, MPM media cards are not supported. From Version 8.1, MPM+ media cards are not supported. The Resolution Configuration dialog box shown below is displayed when the Collaboration Server is in MPM, MPM+ or MPMx Card Configuration Mode. The Resolution Configuration dialog box opens.
PAGE 138
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Limiting Maximum Resolution Before a selection is made in this pane, the Maximum CP Resolution of the system is determined by the MAX_CP_RESOLUTION System Flag. The MAX_CP_RESOLUTION flag value is applied to the system during First Time Power-on and after a system upgrade. The default value is HD1080p60. All subsequent changes to the Maximum CP Resolution of the system are made by selections in this pane.
PAGE 139
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing • Video Quality Optimized Video is optimized through higher resolution connections at lower line rates increasing the resource usage at lower line rates. This may decrease the number of participant connections. Use this option when the priority is to use higher video resolutions while decreasing the number of participant connections.
PAGE 140
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Modifying the Resolution Configuration in MPMx Card Configuration Mode The Resolution Configuration - Basic Configuration dialog box is the first dialog box displayed when the Collaboration Server is in MPMx Card Configuration Mode.
PAGE 141
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Maximum CP Resolution Pane In MPMx Card Configuration Mode the Collaboration Server can be set to one of the following Maximum CP Resolutions: • HD 1080p60 • HD 1080p30 • HD 720p30 • SD 30 • CIF 30 Limiting Maximum Resolution Before a selection is made in this pane, the Maximum CP Resolution of the system is determined by the MAX_CP_RESOLUTION System Flag.
PAGE 142
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • High Profile - Endpoints that support H.264 High Profile connect at these minimum threshold bit rates. Although the default minimum threshold bit rates provide acceptable video quality, the use of higher bit rates usually results in better video quality.
PAGE 143
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Setting minimum bit rate thresholds that are lower than the default may affect the video quality of endpoints that do not support the H.264 High Profile. Endpoints that do not support H.
PAGE 144
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Additional Video Resolutions in MPM+/MPMx Card Configuration Mode From Version 8.1, MPM+ media cards are not supported. The following higher video quality resolutions are available when the Collaboration Server is working in MPM+ or MPMx Mode: • CIF 352 x 288 pixels at 50 fps. • WCIF 512 x 288 pixels at 50 fps. • WSD 848 x 480 pixels at 50 fps. • W4CIF 1024 x 576 pixels at 30 fps.
PAGE 145
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Microsoft RTV Video Protocol Support in CP Conferences Microsoft RTV (Real Time Video) protocol provides high quality video conferencing capability to Microsoft OC (Office Communicator) Client endpoints at resolutions up to HD720p30. Interoperability between Polycom HDX and OCS endpoints is improved.
PAGE 146
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Participant Settings When defining a new participant or modifying an existing participant, select SIP as the participant’s networking environment Type in the New Participant or Participant Properties General tab. SIP The participants Video Protocol in the New Participant or Participant Properties - Advanced tab should be left at (or set to) its default value: Auto.
PAGE 147
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Monitoring RTV RTV information appears in all three panes of the Participant Properties - SDP tab. Controlling Resource Allocations for Lync Clients Using RTV Video Protocol The number of resources used by the system to connect a Lync client with RTV is determined according to the conference line rate and the Maximum video resolution set in the Conference Profile. In versions 7.
PAGE 148
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To change the default flag setting, add the MAX_RTV_RESOLUTION flag to the System Configuration flags and set its value. For information, see the RealPresence Collaboration Server 800s Administrator’s Guide, the RealPresence Collaboration Server 800s Administrator’s Guide, "Modifying System Flags” on page 22-1.
PAGE 149
Chapter 3-Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing The following table describes the number of allocated video resources for each video resolution when using the RTV protocol. Table 3-6 Allocated video resolutions per video resolution Selected Video Resolution Number of Allocated Video Resources HD720p 3 VGA 1.
PAGE 150
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-28 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 151
4 Additional Conferencing Information Various conferencing modes and video features require additional settings, such as system flag settings, conference parameters and other settings.
PAGE 152
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Content Sharing Content such as graphics, presentations, documents or live video can be shared with conference participants using the H.239 (H.323) or BFCP (SIP) protocol, which is the standard protocols for content sharing or Polycom’s proprietary protocol People+Content. H.239 Protocol The H.
PAGE 153
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information • Content sharing is not supported in Microsoft ICE environment (BFCP protocol). • Video endpoints that do not support SIP Content (such as PVX), can receive Content on the People channel if the conference is set to Send Content to Legacy Endpoints. For more details see, "Sending Content to Legacy Endpoints (AVC Only)” on page 4-21.
PAGE 154
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Collaboration Server’ s Content sharing determined by the System Flag’s settings and SIP Client capabilities are summarized in Table 4-1. Table 4-1 System Flag - SIP_BFCP_DIAL_OUT_MODE SIP Client: BFCP Support Flag Value UDP AUTO (Default) UDP TCP BFCP/UDP selected as Content sharing protocol. TCP BFCP/TCP selected as Content sharing protocol. Cannot share Content. Cannot share Content.
PAGE 155
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Content parameters are defined in the Conference Profiles - Video Quality dialog box. The parameters change according to the Conferencing Mode. AVC CP Conferencing Mode SVC Conferencing Mode Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 156
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 1 In the Content Video Definition section, select the Content Settings and Protocol as follows: Table 4-2 H.
PAGE 157
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Table 4-2 H.239 Content Options (Continued) Field Description Content Protocol • H.263 (AVC CP Only) • • • • Use this option when most of the endpoints support H.263 and some endpoints support H.264. H.263 & H.264 Auto Selection (AVC CP Only) • Content is shared using H.263 if a mix of H.263-supporting and H.264-supporting endpoints are connected. • Content is shared using H.264 if all connected endpoints have H.264 capability. H.
PAGE 158
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Content Settings The Content channel can transmit one of the following modes: • Graphics – for standard graphics. This is the default mode in AVC conferences and the only supported mode for SVC conferences. • Hi-res Graphics (AVC CP Only) – requiring a higher bit rate, for high quality display or highly detailed graphics. • Live Video (AVC CP Only) – highest bit rate, for video clips or live video display.
PAGE 159
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Table 4-4 summarizes the Maximum Resolution of Content and Frames per Second (fps) for Bit Rate Allocations to the Content Channel. Table 4-4 Content - Maximum Resolution, Frames/Second per Bit Rate Allocation Bit Rate Allocated to Content Channel (Kbps) Content Maximum Resolution Frames/Second From 64 and less than 512 H.264 HD720p 5 From 512 and up to 768 H.264 HD720p 30 From 768 and up to 1536 H.
PAGE 160
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • Endpoints that do not have at least H.263 capability can connect to the conference but cannot share Content. • This option is not available in SVC Conferencing Mode and CP and SVC Conferencing Mode. H.263 (AVC CP Conferences) Select this option when most of the endpoints support H.263 and some endpoints support H.264. In such a case, all endpoints will share content using the H.
PAGE 161
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Setting the Minimum Content Rate for Each Content Quality Setting for H.264 HD The following System Flags determine the minimum content rate required for endpoints to share H.264 high quality content via the Content channel. A System Flag determines the minimum line rate for each Content Setting: • Graphics • Hi Resolution Graphics • Live Video In order to change the System Flag values, the flags must be manually added to the System Configuration.
PAGE 162
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Example Table 4-6 summarizes an example of two participants trying to connect to a conference running at a Line Rate of 1024Kbps. The Content Setting for the conference is Hi Resolution Graphics and the H264_HD_HIGHRES_MIN_CONTENT_RATE System Flag setting are used to determine if Content will be shared with the participant.
PAGE 163
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information In SVC Only conferences, endpoints that do not support the required content parameters (Content line rate and Content Resolution) cannot share content. Guidelines • In Cascading conferences, the cascade link must be H.323. Polycom, Inc. • This is the only available Content sharing mode in SVC Conferencing Mode and CP and SVC Conferencing Mode. • H.323, SIP and ISDN participants are supported in AVC CP Conferencing Mode. • H.
PAGE 164
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Enabling H.264 Cascade and SVC Optimized Content Sharing in AVC CP Conferences When H.264 Cascade and SVC Optimized is selected in AVC CP conference as the Content Protocol, an additional field, Content Resolution is displayed in the Content Video Definition pane. In SVC Conferencing Mode and CP and SVC Conferencing Mode, the Content Resolution option is disabled.
PAGE 165
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Table 4-7 Bit Rate Allocation to Content Channel by Line Rate, Content Settings & Content Resolution in AVC CP Conferencing (Continued) Content Bit Rate Allocation per Conference Line Rate (kbps) Content Settings Cascade Resolution/ fps HD720/5 Hi Resolution Graphics 64 96 128 256 384 192 512 256 768 823 384 1024 1152 384 HD720/30 1472 1728 1920 Live Video 256 384 HD720/30 4096 512 768 512 512 768 768 768 1152 HD1080/15 HD720/5 2048
PAGE 166
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • If the Content Settings selection is Hi Resolution Graphics. — Only HD720/5 can be selected as the Content Resolution with 384 kbps allocated as the conference Content Rate. Only endpoints that connect at a Line Rate of 1024 kbps that is required to support a Content Rate of 384 kbps will receive content in the Content channel.
PAGE 167
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information To Select the Customized Content Rate: Customized Content Rate is enabled in the Profile - Video Quality dialog box. 1 In the Content Settings list, select Customized Content Rate. When selected, a drop-down menu of the available Conference Content Rates is displayed. These Content Line Rates are based on and will vary according to the selected Conference Line Rate. The largest selectable Content Line Rate is 66% of the Conference Line Rate.
PAGE 168
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide If H.264 Cascade and SVC Optimized is the selected Content Protocol, a Content Resolution must be selected. 3 Table 4-8 lists the Cascade Resolutions available for the various Conference Content Rates. . Table 4-8 H.264 Cascade and SVC Optimized - Cascade Resolutions H.
PAGE 169
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information 2 In the MCMS_PARAMETERS tab, double-click the MIN_H239_HD1080_RATE entry. The Update Flag dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Value field, enter the minimum line rate at which HD1080 Resolution Content will be enabled. 4 — Enter 0 to disable this flag and prevent HD Content from being used. Click OK to confirm and exit the Update Flag dialog box. 5 Click Close to exit the System Flags dialog box.
PAGE 170
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • • — If HD1080p15 is provided, 2 HD video resources are allocated to the conference. Optionally, Content can be sent at multiple resolutions to H.263 endpoints and H.264 endpoints whose resolution is lower than HD and support H.263 content. In this case an additional resource is allocated. Optionally, Content can be sent to cascaded RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX)s.
PAGE 171
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information To enable Multiple Content Resolutions: 1 In a new or existing Conference Profile, click the Video Quality tab. 2 If the Conference Mode is not CP (Continuous Presence), select CP. 3 Select the Multiple Resolutions check box. By default, H.264 is always selected and can not be deselected 4 Optional. Select additional protocols: 5 — H.263 - if the conference will include H.263-capable endpoints that do not support H.264 protocol for content sharing. — H.
PAGE 172
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Guidelines for Sending Content to Legacy Endpoints • This option is enabled in MPM+ and MPMx Card Configuration Modes only. • This option is valid when sending Content as a separate stream is enabled in the System Configuration and the flag: ENABLE_H239 is set to YES. • An Additional video resource is allocated to the conference when Content is sent to legacy endpoints: — In MPM+ mode, one SD video resource.
PAGE 173
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Content Display on Legacy Endpoints When Contents is sent to legacy endpoints, their video layout automatically changes to a “Content layout” which is defined by the system flag LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DEFAULT_LAYOUT and the Content is shown in the larger/top left (“speaker”) window. The video layouts of the other conference participants do not change.
PAGE 174
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Enabling the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints Option The Send Content to Legacy Endpoint option is enabled in the Conference Profile - Video Settings tab. If the Video Switching option is selected in the Conference Profile - General tab, the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints option is disabled.
PAGE 175
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information 3 In the Value field, enter the flag value for the required layout as follows: Table 4-9 Layout LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DEFAULT_LAYOUT Flag Values Flag Value CP_LAYOUT_1X1 CP_LAYOUT_1X2 CP_LAYOUT_1X2HOR CP_LAYOUT_1X2VER CP_LAYOUT_2X1 CP_LAYOUT_1P2HOR CP_LAYOUT_1P2HOR_UP CP_LAYOUT_1P2VER CP_LAYOUT_2X2 CP_LAYOUT_1P3HOR_UP CP_LAYOUT_1P3VER CP_LAYOUT_1P4HOR_UP CP_LAYOUT_1P4HOR CP_LAYOUT_1P4VER CP_LAYOUT_1P5 CP_LAYOUT_1P7 CP_LAYOUT_1P8UP CP_LAYOUT_1P8CENT Polycom, In
PAGE 176
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 4-9 LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DEFAULT_LAYOUT Flag Values (Continued) Layout Flag Value CP_LAYOUT_1P8HOR_UP CP_LAYOUT_3X3 CP_LAYOUT_2P8 CP_LAYOUT_1P12 CP_LAYOUT_4X4 4 Click OK. The flag is updated in the MCMS_PARAMETERS list. 5 Click OK. For flag changes (including deletion) to take effect, reset the MCU. For more information see "Resetting the Collaboration Server (RMX)” on page 21-77.
PAGE 177
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information • The Exclusive Content Mode is enabled or disabled by a check box in the in the Advanced tabs of the Conference Profile. The check box is cleared (feature is disabled) by default. AVC CP Conference Profile - Advanced SVC Conference Profile Advanced • Exclusive Content Mode can be enabled or disabled during an ongoing conference using the Conference Properties - Advanced dialog box.
PAGE 178
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • The Exclusive Content Mode check box replaces the EXCLUSIVE_CONTENT_ MODE System Flag which was used to control Exclusive Content Mode for the system in previous versions.
PAGE 179
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information • In cascaded conferences, a participant functioning as the cascade link cannot be given token ownership. Giving and Cancelling Token Ownership (AVC Participants) To give token ownership: 1 In the Participants list, right click the AVC-enabled endpoint that is to receive Content Token ownership. 2 Select Change To Content Token Owner in the drop-down menu.
PAGE 180
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To cancel token ownership: 1 In the Participants list, right click the endpoint that currently has Content Token ownership. 2 Select Cancel Content Token Owner in the drop-down menu. Content Token ownership is cancelled for the endpoint.
PAGE 181
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Enter the interval in seconds between the Intra requests sent from the Collaboration Server to the endpoint sending the Content to refresh the Content display. Refresh requests that will be received from endpoints within the defined interval will be postponed to the next interval. Default setting: 5 Forcing Other Content Capabilities • The H239_FORCE_CAPABILITIES System Flag in system.
PAGE 182
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • Video Preview of the video sent from the conference to the participant is shown according to the line rate and video parameters of the level threshold to which the participant is connected. • In versions up to and including Version 7.2.2, only users with Administrator authorization could request to view a video preview. In later versions, all users can view a video preview.
PAGE 183
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information 2 In the Open field, type dxdiag and press the Enter key or click OK. A confirmation message is displayed. 3 Click Yes to run the diagnostics. The DirectX Diagnostic Tool dialog box opens. 4 Click the Display tab. To be able to display the video preview window, the DirectDraw Acceleration and Direct3D Acceleration options must be Enabled.
PAGE 184
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Previewing the Participant Video To preview the participant video: 1 List the conference participants in the Participants pane. 2 Right-click the participant whose video you want to preview and then click one of the following options: — View Participant Sent Video - to display the video sent from the participant to the conference.
PAGE 185
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Gathering Phase The Gathering Phase of an AVC (CP only) conference is the time period during which participants are connecting to a conference. During the Gathering Phase, a mix of live video from connected endpoints is combined with both static and variable textual information about the conference into a slide which is displayed on all connected endpoints.
PAGE 186
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Gathering Phase Guidelines • Gathering Phase is only available in AVC only (CP only) conferences. It is not supported in Video Switching conferences and SVC Only conferences. • The Gathering Phase slide can be displayed at any time during the conference by entering the Show Participants DTMF code, *88. Note: When the display of the Gathering Phase slide is removed, the message overlay text is also removed.
PAGE 187
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Gathering Phase Duration The duration of the Gathering Phase can be customized by the administrator so that it is long enough to be viewed by most connected participants yet short enough so as not to over extend into the scheduled conferencing time. The Gathering Phase duration is configured for the Collaboration Server, by the following System Flags in system.
PAGE 188
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Auto Scan and Customized Polling in Video Layout (CP Only) Auto Scan enables a user to define a single cell in the conference layout to cycle the display of participants that are not in the conference layout. Customized Polling allows the cyclic display to be set to a predefined order for a predefined time period.
PAGE 189
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information 3 If Auto Layout check box is selected, clear it. 4 In the video layout cell to be designated for Auto Scan, click the drop-down menu button and select Auto Scan. 5 Select from the Auto Scan Interval(s) drop-down list the scanning interval in seconds. 6 Click the Apply button to confirm and keep the Conference Properties dialog box open. -orClick OK to confirm and close the Conference Properties dialog box.
PAGE 190
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The dialog box buttons are summarized in the following table: Description Add Select a participant and click this button to Add a the participant to the list of participants to be Auto Scanned. The participants name is removed from the All Participants pane. Delete Select a participant and click this button to Delete the participant from the list of participants to be Auto Scanned.
PAGE 191
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Media Encryption Encryption is available at the conference and participant levels, based on AES 128 (Advanced Encryption Standard) and is fully H.233/H.234 compliant and the Encryption Key exchange DH 1024-bit (Diffie-Hellman) standards. Media Encryption Guidelines • Encryption is not available in all countries and it is enabled in the MCU license. Contact Polycom Support to enable it.
PAGE 192
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • — The SEND_SRTP_MKI System Flag enables or disables the inclusion of the MKI field in SRTP packets sent by the Collaboration Server. The default value of the flag is YES. Add the flag to system.
PAGE 193
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Direct Connection to the Conference Table 4-10, summarizes the connection status of participants, based on the encryption settings in the conference Profile, the Defined Participant’s encryption settings or the System Flag setting for undefined participants and the connecting endpoint’s Media Encryption capabilities. Table 4-10 Connection of Defined and Undefined H.
PAGE 194
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Connection to the Entry Queue An undefined participant connecting to an Entry Queue inherits the encryption characteristics of the Entry Queue as defined in the Entry Queue’s profile. Participants can be moved from the Entry Queue and the destination conference if both conferencing entities have the same Profile settings, i.e.
PAGE 195
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information When moving participants from the Entry Queue to the destination conference, or when the Collaboration Server user moves AVC participants from one conference to another (SVC participants cannot be moved between conferences), the connection rules are similar and they are summarized in Table 4-12: Table 4-12 Moving Participants from the Entry Queue to the Destination conference or between conferences Based on the Encryption Settings Current Participant Encryption
PAGE 196
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 4-13 Connections by Recording Link and Conference Encryption Settings (Continued) Conference Profile Setting Encrypt when possible Recording Link Connection Status according to flag: ALLOW_NON_ENCRYPT_RECORDING_ LINK_IN_ENCRYPT_CONF YES NO Connected encrypted if possible, otherwise connected nonencrypted. Connected encrypted if possible, otherwise connected nonencrypted.
PAGE 197
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Enabling Encryption in the Profile Encryption for the conference is in the Profile and cannot be changed once the conference is running. To enable encryption at the conference level: >> In the Conference Profile Properties – Advanced dialog box, select one of the following Encryption options: — Encrypt All - Encryption is enabled for the conference and all conference participants must be encrypted. — No Encryption - Encryption is disabled for the conference.
PAGE 198
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To enable encryption at the participant level: >> In the Participant Properties – Advanced dialog box, in the Encryption list, select one of the following options: Auto, On, or Off. — Auto - The participant inherits the conference/Entry Queue encryption setting. The participant connects as encrypted only if the conference is defined as encrypted. — Yes - The participant joins the conference/Entry Queue as encrypted.
PAGE 199
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information The participant encryption status is also indicated in the Participant Properties – SDP tab, where SRTP indication is listed for each encrypted channel (for example, audio and video). An encrypted participant who is unable to join a conference is disconnected from the conference. The disconnection cause is displayed in the Participant Properties – Connection Status tab, Security Failure indication, and the Cause box identifies the encryption related situation.
PAGE 200
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Causes of Packet Loss Network congestion within a LAN or WAN, faulty or incorrectly configured network equipment or faulty cabling are among the many causes of Packet Loss.
PAGE 201
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Enabling Lost Packet Recovery LPR is enabled or disabled in the Conference Profile dialog box. • CP Conferences – LPR is enabled by default in the New Profile – Advanced dialog box. • VSW Conferences – If Video Switching is selected, the LPR check box is automatically cleared and LPR is disabled. LPR can be enabled for VSW conferences but H.320 and SIP participants will not be able to connect. For more information, see "Defining New Profiles” on page 2-9.
PAGE 202
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide In the Participant Properties – Channel Status tab, check box indicators show LPR activation in the local and remote (transmit and receive) channels. 4-52 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 203
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Network Quality Indication (AVC Endpoints) If network quality issues occur, the Network Quality icon provide information to participants about their own network quality and that of other participants displayed in the cells of the conference Video Layout.
PAGE 204
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Indication Threshold Values The default Major and Critical indication threshold values can be modified by manually adding the following System Flags and modifying their values as required. Table 4-14 Network Quality Icon - Indication Threshold Flags Flag Description NETWORK_IND_MAJOR_PERCENTAGE The percentage degradation due to packet loss required to change the indicator from Normal to Major.
PAGE 205
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information The display of Network Quality icon (showing or hiding the icon) and the position of the icon in the video layout cell can be customized by manually adding the following System Flags and modifying their values as required. Table 4-15 Network Quality Icon - Display Customization Flags Flag Description DISABLE_SELF_NETWORK_IND Disable the display of the Network Quality icon of the participant’s own endpoint.
PAGE 206
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Telepresence Mode (AVC CP) Collaboration Server supports the Telepresence Mode in AVC CP conferences allowing multiple participants to join a telepresence conference from RPX and TPX high definition rooms as well as traditional, standard definition video conferencing systems.
PAGE 207
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information • • • — same layout — presentation mode — auto layout — lecture mode The master (center) camera is used for video, audio and content. Conference Templates can be used to simplify the setting up Telepresence conferences where precise participant layout and video forcing settings are crucial. Conference Templates: — Save the conference Profile. — Save all participant parameters including their Personal Layout and Video Forcing settings.
PAGE 208
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Horizontal Striping Horizontal Striping is used by the Collaboration Server in order to prevent cropping and preserve the aspect ratio of video for all Telepresence Modes. 16:9 4:3 Horizontal Striping Cropping Cropping is used by the Collaboration Server in order to preserve the aspect ratio of video for all Telepresence Modes.
PAGE 209
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information RPX and TPX Video Layouts Additional video layouts have been created to give Telepresence operators more video layout options when configuring TPX and RPX room systems. These additional video layout options are available to all endpoints on both conference layout and Personal Layout levels.
PAGE 210
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 4-16 TPX / RPX – Additional Video Layouts (Continued) Number of Endpoints Layouts 10+ The following example illustrates the use of standard and additional Collaboration Server Telepresence layouts when connecting four Room Systems as follows: • Two TPX Room Systems — 2 active cameras — 6 screens • Two RPX Room Systems — 8 cameras — 8 screens TPX View 3 Screens 16:9 RPX View 4 Screens 4:3 Standard TPX Layout
PAGE 211
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Enabling Telepresence Mode Conference Level Telepresence Mode must be configured in a new or existing Conference Profile. To enable Telepresence in a new or existing Conference Profile: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click Conference Profiles. 2 Click the New Profiles ( ) button or open an existing Conference Profile. 3 Define the various profile General, Advanced, Gathering Settings and Video Quality parameters.
PAGE 212
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — ON - ITP features are always applied to the conference video for all participants regardless of whether there are ITP endpoints connected or not. 6 In the Telepresence Layout Mode field, select the Telepresence Layout Mode to be used in the conference. This field is used by VNOC operators and Polycom Multi Layout Applications to retrieve Telepresence Layout Mode information from the Collaboration Server.
PAGE 213
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Content Display on Legacy Endpoints in Telepresence Conferences When Content is sent to legacy endpoints in Telepresence conferences, their video layout automatically changes to a “Content layout” which is defined by the system flag LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DEFAULT_LAYOUT. If MLA is managing the Telepresnce layout prior to Content being sent, the MCU takes over managing the layout of Legacy endpoints once Content is started.
PAGE 214
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — If a sub-link is disconnected it remains disconnected until it is manually reconnected. — The number of Multiple Cascade Links cannot be modified while any of the links are in a disconnected state. All previous links must be deleted before modification is possible. For more information see "Monitoring Multiple Cascade Links” on page 4-69. • • A Link Participant can be dragged from the address book into a conference.
PAGE 215
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information • Directional media flows, A  B, are shown separately for readability purposes. Figure 4-3 RMX Telepresence Layout Mode - Room Switch In Figure 4-4: • Polycom, Inc. An HDX endpoint and an OTX Room System connects to RMX A. • An HDX endpoint and an RPX Room System connects to RMX B. • This layout requires that the Telepresence Layout Mode to be set to Continuous Presence in the Conference Profiles of the Cascading Conferences in each RMX.
PAGE 216
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • The current speaker is the HDX endpoint connected to RMX A. Figure 4-4 RMX Telepresence Layout Mode - Continuous Presence For more information see: 4-66 • RealPresence Collaboration Server 800s Administrator’s Guide, "Telepresence Layout Mode” on page 2-40.
PAGE 217
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Creating a Link Participant Link Participant in the Dial Out RMX The Link Participant is defined in the New Participant dialog box. In the General tab: • Dialing Direction must be selected as Dial out. • Type must be selected as H.323. For more information see the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide, "Creating a Cascade Enabled Dial-out/Dial-in Participant Link” on page 5-15. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 218
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide In the Advanced tab: (This field is only enabled if the RMX system is licensed for Telepresence Mode.) • In the Cascade drop-down menu, select either Master or Slave. • In the Number of cascaded links (for ITP) drop-down menu, select the maximum number of Multiple Cascade Links required according to the number of Room System endpoints in the cascaded conference.
PAGE 219
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Participant Link is un-defined: The Multiple Cascade Link names are automatically assigned by the RMX. For example on a RMX 1500 the names of the links are: • POLYCOM RMX 1500-1 • POLYCOM RMX 1500-2 • POLYCOM RMX 1500-3, etc.
PAGE 220
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — Resource deficiency is listed as the Call Disconnection Cause in the Participant Properties - Connection Status dialog box. • If a calling Link Participant is not defined with same number of links as all the other Link Participants in the cascaded conferences: — The call is rejected. — The Call Disconnection Cause is: Number of cascading links is not identical for all conferences. 4-70 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 221
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Monitoring Telepresence Mode Monitoring Ongoing Conferences An additional status indicator, Telepresence Mode Enabled, is displayed in the Conference Properties - Video Settings tab when monitoring ongoing conferences. The Telepresence Mode Enabled, Telepresence Mode and Telepresence Layout Mode fields are only enabled if the Collaboration Server has a Telepresence license installed. If Telepresence Mode is enabled, a check mark is displayed in the check box.
PAGE 222
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Monitoring Participant Properties An additional status indicator, Telepresence, is displayed in the Participant Properties Advanced tab when monitoring conference participants. The Telepresence mode of the participant is indicated: • RPX - the participant’s endpoint is transmitting 4:3 video format. • TPX - the participant’s endpoint is transmitting 16:9 video format. • None.
PAGE 223
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Disconnection Causes • If there are insufficient resources to connect all the required links: — None of the links are connected. — The first link is listed as Disconnected in the Participants list of the RMX Web Client / RMX Manager main screen. — Resource deficiency is listed as the Call Disconnection Cause in the Participant Properties - Connection Status dialog box.
PAGE 224
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Lecture Mode (AVC CP Only) Lecture Mode enables all participants to view the lecturer in full screen while the conference lecturer sees all the other conference participants in the selected layout while he/she is speaking. When the number of sites/endpoints exceeds the number of video windows in the layout, switching between participants occurs every 15 seconds.
PAGE 225
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Selecting a defined participant: a Add participants to the conference either from the Address book or by defining new participants. b In the Lecturer field, select the lecturer from the list of the defined participants. Automatic selection of the lecturer: — In the Lecturer field, select [Auto]. In this mode, the conference speaker becomes the lecturer.
PAGE 226
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Enabling the Automatic Switching Automatic switching between participants viewed on the lecturer’s screen is enabled in the conference Profile, or during the ongoing conference, in the Conference Properties. >> In the Profile Properties - Video Settings dialog box, select the Lecturer View Switching check box. This option is activated when the conference includes more sites than windows in the selected layout.
PAGE 227
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information When one of the participants is talking, the automatic switching is suspended, showing the current speaker, and it is resumed when the lecturer resumes talking. If the lecturer is disconnected during an Ongoing Conference, the conference resumes standard conferencing. Forcing is enabled at the Conference level only. It applies only to the video layout viewed by the lecturer as all the other conference participants see only the lecturer in full screen.
PAGE 228
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • Enable or disable the Lecturer View Switching between participants displayed on the lecturer monitor by selecting or clearing the Lecturer View Switching check box. • Change the video layout for the lecturer by selecting another video layout.
PAGE 229
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Muting Participants Except the Lecturer (AVC CP Only) When the Mute Participants Except Lecturer option in the Conference Profile is enabled, the audio of all participants in the conference except for the lecturer can be automatically muted upon connection to the conference. This prevents other conference participants from accidentally interrupting the lecture, or from a noisy participant affecting the audio quality of the entire conference.
PAGE 230
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Enabling the Mute Participants Except Lecturer Option The Mute Participants Except Lecturer option is enabled or disabled (default) in the Conference Profile or in an ongoing conference in the Profile Properties - Audio Settings tab.
PAGE 231
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Audio Algorithm Support The Collaboration Server supports the following audio algorithms in AVC conferences: G.711, G. 719, G.722, G.722.1, G.722.1C, G. 728, G.729A, G.723.1, Polycom Siren 7 (in mono), Siren14, Siren 22 (in mono or stereo) and SirenLPR. Polycom’s proprietary Siren 22 and industry standard G.719 audio algorithms are supported for participants connecting with Polycom endpoints.
PAGE 232
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Mono The Siren 22, G.719 and SirenLPR mono audio algorithms are supported at the following bit rates: Table 4-17 Siren22, G.719 and SirenLPR Mono vs Bitrate Audio Algorithm Minimum Bitrate (kbps) Siren22 64k Siren22 48K Siren22_32k G.719_64k 384 G.719_48k G.719_32k G.728 16K G.719_64k 384 SirenLPR_48k 256 Siren22_48K G.719_48k G.7221C_48k Siren14_48k SirenLPR_32k Siren22_32k G.719_32k 128 G.
PAGE 233
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Stereo The Siren 22Stereo, G.719Stereo and SirenLPR audio algorithms are supported at the following bit rates. Table 4-18 Siren22Stereo, G.719Stereo and SirenLPR vs Bitrate Audio Algorithm Minimum Bitrate (kbps) Siren22Stereo_128k SirenLPRStereo_128k 1024 G.719Stereo_128k Siren22Stereo_96k SirenLPRStereo_96k 512 G.719Stero_96k Siren14Stero_96k SirenLPRStereo_64k G.
PAGE 234
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 4-19 Supported Audio Algorithm vs Bitrate (Continued) Audio Algorithm Minimum Bitrate (kbps) G.722.1 16K G.722 48K G.722 56K G.722 64K 256 G.711 56K G.711 64K G.728 16K G.722.1C 32K G.722.1C 24K Siren14 32K Siren14 24K G.722.1 32K G.722.1 24K G.722 48K 128 G.722 56K G.722 64K G.711 56K G.711 64K G.728 16K G.722.1 16K G.722.1C 24K Siren14 24K G.722 48K G.722 56K 96 G.722 64K G.711 56K G.711 64K G.728 16K G.
PAGE 235
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Monitoring Participant Audio Properties The audio algorithm used by the participant’s endpoint can be verified in the Participant Properties - Channel Status dialog box. To view the participant’s properties during a conference: 1 In the Participants list, right click the desired participant and select Participant Properties. Polycom, Inc. 2 Click the Channel Status - Advanced tab.
PAGE 236
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Automatic Suppression of Noisy Endpoints (AVC Endpoints) The Collaboration Server can detect AVC-enabled endpoints with a noisy audio channel and automatically mute them, reducing the noise heard by other conference participants. When the auto muted endpoint becomes the “speaker” the endpoint is automatically unmuted by the system.
PAGE 237
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information The following table summarizes the state (enabled or disabled) of the Automatic muting of noisy endpoints feature depending on the ENABLE_SELECTIVE_MIXING flag setting and the Auto mute noisy endpoints setting in the Profile Properties - Audio Settings: Table 4-20 Conditions for enabling/disabling the automatic muting of noisy endpoints ENABLE_SELECTIVE_MIXING flag Setting Auto mute noisy endpoints setting Automatic muting of noisy endpoints State YES Yes (
PAGE 238
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To disable/enable the automatic muting of noisy endpoints in the Conference Profile: 1 In a new or existing Conference Profile, click the Audio Settings tab. 2 — In new Profiles, the Auto mute noisy endpoints check box is selected by default. — In existing profiles (after software upgrade from a version prior to 8.1), the Auto mute noisy endpoints check box is cleared.
PAGE 239
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information Permanent Conference A Permanent Conference is any ongoing conference with no pre-determined End Time continuing until it is terminated by an administrator, operator or chairperson. Guidelines • Resources are reserved for a Permanent Conference only when the conference has become ongoing. • Resources are allocated to a Permanent Conference according to the Reserve Resources for Video Participants field.
PAGE 240
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Closed Captions (AVC Endpoints) Endpoints can provide real-time text transcriptions or language translations of the video conference by displaying captions. The captions for a conference may be provided by the captioner who is present in the conference, or the captioner may use a telephone or web browser to listen to the conference audio.
PAGE 241
Chapter 4-Additional Conferencing Information 2 In the MCMS_PARAMETERS tab, click the New Flag button. The New Flag dialog box is displayed. 3 In the New Flag field enter ENABLE_CLOSED_CAPTION. 4 In the Value field enter YES to enable Closed Captions or NO to disable their display. 5 Click OK to close the New Flag dialog box. The new flag is added to the flags list. 6 Click OK to close the System Flags dialog box. For flag changes (including deletion) to take effect, reset the MCU.
PAGE 242
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-92 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 243
5 Cascading Conferences Cascading information applies to AVC Conferencing Mode (CP and mixed CP and SVC) only. Cascading is not supported with SVC Conferencing Mode. Cascading enables administrators to connect one conference directly to one or several conferences, depending on the topology, creating one large conference. The conferences can run on the same MCU or different MCUs.
PAGE 244
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide In order to avoid cluttering in the cascaded window, it is advised to select appropriate video layouts in each conference before cascading them. Conference A Conference B Without Cascade During Cascading Video layout of Conf. B in window of Conf. A Video layout of Conf. A in window of Conf.
PAGE 245
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Flags Controlling Cascade Layouts • Setting the FORCE_1X1_LAYOUT_ON_CASCADED_LINK _CONNECTION System Flag to YES (default) automatically forces the cascading link to Full Screen (1x1) in CP conferences, hence displaying the speaker of one conference to a full window in the video layout of the other conference.
PAGE 246
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The tone volume is controlled by the same flag as the IVR messages and tones: IVR_MESSAGE_VOLUME. Basic Cascading In this topology, a link is created between two conferences, usually running on two different MCUs.
PAGE 247
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences The connection between the two conferences is created when a dial out IP participant is defined (added) to conference A whose dial out number is the dial-in number of the conference or Entry Queue running on MCU B. Dialing Directly to a Conference Dial out IP participant in conference A dials out to the conference running on MCU B entering the number in the format: [MCU B Prefix/IP address][conference B ID].
PAGE 248
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Network Topologies Enabling H.239 Content Over ISDN Cascaded Links ISDN Cascaded links that support H.239 Content can be created between two gateways, gateway-to-MCU or between two MCUs in the following network topologies: • Gateway to Gateway RMX Gateway B RMX Gateway A Figure 5-3 Gateway to Gateway Topology In this topology, an IP participant calls another IP participant over an ISDN link between two gateways.
PAGE 249
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Guidelines • Content is restricted. When another endpoint wants to send content, the first endpoint must stop sending content before the second endpoint can initiate or send content. • Endpoints that do not support H.239 can receive the Content using the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints option. • When a participant joins a conference with active Content, content cannot be viewed by the new participant. Restart the Content.
PAGE 250
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide SIP Participants connecting to another IP participant via a Gateway to Gateway call over an ISDN link enter a dial string using the format: @** For example: If Central Signaling IP address of Gateway A is 172.22.177.89, SIP participant dials: 9999@ 172.22.177.
PAGE 251
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences When the participant, who is a dial-in participant in conference B, connects to the Entry Queue, the system plays to all the participants in Conference A the IVR message requesting the participant to enter the destination conference ID (or if connecting to a conference directly, the participant is requested to enter the conference password).
PAGE 252
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide A dial out ISDN participant is defined (added) to conference A. The participant’s dial out number is the dial-in number of the Entry Queue or conference running on MCU B (for example 54145106). MCU A dials out to an Entry Queue or conference B running on MCU B using the Entry Queue number (for example 54145106) or the conference number.
PAGE 253
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Table 5-1 Recommended Conference Profile Options Setting (Continued) Line Rate Motion 384  512  Sharpness Encryption LPR    512 512  512  768      768 768  768     Since the remote participant settings are unknown, it is recommended that the gateway or endpoint be configured to support a higher line rate (for example, 768 Kbps) to allow flexibility during endpoint capability negotiations.
PAGE 254
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 5-2 5-12 MCU Interoperability Table (Continued) Scenario Version(s) Collaboration Server Gateway Codian Gateway Dial out participants use a fixed rule behind the Codian Gateway. Collaboration Server v. 7.1 Latest Codian version Codian Gateway Collaboration Server MCU User calls via a Codian Gateway to a Remote Conference (user to conference) Collaboration Server v. 7.
PAGE 255
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences • • On the Codian gateway Content is not supported with line rates of 128Kbps and below. • Sending Content from a participant over Radvision Gateway to a conference/participant, the GWP20 patch must be installed in the RadVision gateway: On the Radvision gateway, open the GWP20 User Interface. Click Settings/Advanced Commands. In the Command box enter H239OlcPatch. In the Parameters box enter Enable and then click Send. When using the following topology: H.
PAGE 256
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Star Cascading Topology In the Star topology (as well as in the Basic topology), the MCUs are usually installed at different locations (states/countries) and participants connect to their local MCU to facilitate the connection and save long distance call costs. Star Topology Cascading requires that all cascaded MCUs reside on the same network.
PAGE 257
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences • When creating a cascading link between two Collaboration Servers: • — The Collaboration Servers operate in CP (Continuous Presence) mode. When creating a cascading link between MGCs and Collaboration Servers: — The MGCs can only operate in VSW mode.
PAGE 258
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To define the dial-out cascade participant link: 1 In the Conferences pane, select the conference. 2 In the Participants pane, click New Participant ( ). The New Participant - General dialog box is displayed. 3 Define the following parameters: Table 7 New Participant – Dial-out Cascade Link 5-16 Field Description Name Enter the participant’s name. This field may not be left blank.
PAGE 259
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Table 7 New Participant – Dial-out Cascade Link (Continued) Field Description Alias Name If you are using the target MCU IP address, enter the Conference ID of the target conference.
PAGE 260
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5-18 4 Click the Advanced tab. 5 In the Cascade field, select: 6 — Slave, if the participant is defined in a conference running on a Slave MCU. — Master, if the participant is defined in a conference running on the Master MCU. Click OK. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 261
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences To define a Dial-in Participant as the cascade link: This participant is added to the ongoing conference on the Slave MCU. 1 In the Participants list, click the New Participant button( ). The New Participant - General dialog box opens. 2 Define the following parameters: Table 5-1 New Participant – Dial-in Cascade Link 3 Polycom, Inc. Field Description Display Name Enter the participant’s name. This field may not be left blank.
PAGE 262
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Advanced tab opens. 4 In the Cascaded Link field, select: 5 — Slave, if the participant is defined in a conference running on a Slave MCU. — Master, if the participant is defined in a conference running on the Master MCU. Click the OK button.
PAGE 263
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Though the process of cascading conferences mentioned in this section refers to conferences running on two different Collaboration Server units, it is possible to cascade conferences running between Collaboration Server units and other MCUs. The following features are not supported by the cascaded link and therefore are not supported in the combined conference: • DTMF codes are enabled in cascaded conference, but only in their local conference.
PAGE 264
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — Set this field to Slave if the Entry Queue is defined on the MCU acting as a Slave, that is, to which the link from the Master MCU (MCU at the center of the topology) is dialing. If you are defining an HD cascaded Entry Queue, it is recommended to select the same Profile that is selected for both conferences. 5 Click OK. The new Entry Queue enabling cascading is created.
PAGE 265
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences The New Participant - General dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Name field, enter a participant name. 4 In the Dialing Direction field, select Dial-out. 5 In the Type list field, verify that H.323 is selected. 6 There are two methods to define the dialing string: A Using the MCU’s IP Address and the Alias string. B Using only the Alias string (requires a gatekeeper).
PAGE 266
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide F o r E xa m p l e : 9 2 57 84 8 5# 24 0 06 # 12 34 MCU Prefix as registered in the gatekeeper Password (optional) Cascade-enabled EQ ID 7 Click the Advanced tab. 8 In the Cascade field, select: Conference ID — Slave, if the participant is defined in a conference running on a Slave MCU and will connect to the Master MCU (in the center of the topology).
PAGE 267
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences 2 Set the ENABLE_CASCADED_LINK_TO_JOIN_WITHOUT_PASSWORD flag to YES. 3 Click OK. For more information, see "Modifying System Flags” on page 22-1. >> Reset the MCU for flag changes to take effect. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 268
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Monitoring Star Cascaded Conferences To monitor both conferences at the same time, two instances of the Collaboration Server Web Clients must be opened (one for each MCU) by entering the IP Address of each MCU. If both conferences are running on the same MCU, only one Collaboration Server Web Client window is required.
PAGE 269
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences 3 In the Advanced tab’s Node Type field, select MCU. 1 + 2 3 4 Polycom, Inc. Click OK.
PAGE 270
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Cascading Conferences - H.239-enabled MIH Topology H.239 Multi-Hierarchy (MIH) cascading is available to Collaboration Server users enabling them to run very large conferences on different MCUs in multiple levels of Master-Slave relationships using an H.323 connection.
PAGE 271
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Cascading Topologies The cascading hierarchy topology should be deployed according to the following guidelines: • If an RMX is deployed on level 1 (recommended deployment): — Any RMX can be used on level 2, 3 and 4 (recommended deployment), — MGC version 9.0.4 can be used on level 2 and level 3, • — DST MCS 4000 and other MCUs can be deployed on levels 3 and 4.
PAGE 272
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Figure 5-10MIH Cascading – Master-Slave Relationship Video Session Mode, Line Rate and Video Settings The types of MCUs, their position in the cascade topology and the endpoint capabilities (HD/CIF and H.263/H.264) determine the Video Session Type of the MIH Cascading conference. • When creating a cascading link between two RMXs: • — The RMXs operate in CP (Continuous Presence) mode.
PAGE 273
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences • To enable the connection of the links between cascaded conferences, they must run at the same line rate. • To enable Content sharing between the RMX and the MGC, the rate allocated to the content must be identical in both conferences. Make sure that the line rate set for both conferences, and the Content Settings (Graphics, Hi-res Graphics or Live video) are selected correctly to ensure the compatible rate allocation.
PAGE 274
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide In order to avoid cluttering in the cascaded window, it is advised to select appropriate video layouts in each conference before cascading them. Conference A Conference B Without Cascade During Cascading Video layout of Conf. B in window of Conf. A Video layout of Conf. A in window of Conf.
PAGE 275
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences • Setting the AVOID_VIDEO_LOOP_BACK_IN_CASCADE System Flag to YES (default) prevents the speaker’s image from being sent back through the participant link from the cascaded conference. This can occur in cascaded conferences with conference layouts other than 1x1. It results in the speaker’s own video image being displayed in the speaker’s video layout. This option is supported with: — In H.323, SIP and ISDN environments.
PAGE 276
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Method I Depending on the dialing direction, the following procedures must be performed: Table 5-3 Set up Procedures according to the Dialing Direction Dialing Direction MGC to Collaboration Server Collaboration Server to MGC Collaboration Server - Level 1 MGC - Level 2 Set the appropriate flags (done once only). Set the appropriate flags (done once only).
PAGE 277
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Method II Depending on the dialing direction, the following procedures must be performed: Table 5-4 Set up Procedures according to the Dialing Direction Dialing Direction MGC to Collaboration Server MGC Level 1 Set the appropriate flags (done once only). RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Level 2 Set the appropriate flags (done once only). Define the cascade-enabled Entry Queue, setting it as Slave.
PAGE 278
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide match the actual rate of the IP Only HD Video Switching conference running on the MGC. In such case, the conference can include IP Only participants. If the flag MIX_LINK_ENVIRONMENT is set to YES, the IP_LINK_ENVIRONMENT flag must be set to NO. If the flag MIX_LINK_ENVIRONMENT is set to NO, the IP_LINK_ENVIRONMENT flag must be set to YES. — H263_ANNEX_T=YES (default) This flag enables/disables the use of Annex T with H263.
PAGE 279
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Method II - Defining the Cascading Entry Queue in the MGC The Entry Queue definition on the MGC is required if the dialing is done from the Collaboration Server to the MGC. 1 In the MGC Manager, expand the MCU tree. 2 Right-click the Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues and SIP Factories icon and click New Entry Queue. 3 In the New Entry Queue dialog box, set the Entry Queue parameters and select the Cascade check box.
PAGE 280
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide In the IP Address field, enter the IP address of the Signaling Host of the Collaboration Server hosting the destination conference. In the Alias Name/Type field, enter the ID of the cascade-enabled Entry Queue (EQ), the Conference ID and Password of the destination conference as follows: EQ ID##Destination Conference ID##Password (Password is optional).
PAGE 281
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Defining the Cascade Enabled Entry Queue on the Collaboration Server If the dialing is done from the conference running on the MGC that is the Master MCU, a Cascade-enabled Entry Queue must be defined on the Collaboration Server setting it as Slave. For more details, see Collaboration Server to Collaboration Server Cascading.
PAGE 282
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide running on the Collaboration Server, setting the Cascade field to Slave. This participant dials the Cascade-enabled Entry Queue defined on the MGC. 1 Display the list of participants in the linked conference (Slave conference). 2 In the Participant List pane, click the New Participant ( ) button. The New Participant - General dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Name field, enter a participant name.
PAGE 283
Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Method B (Using a gatekeeper): In the Alias Name field, enter the MGC Prefix as registered in the gatekeeper, EQ ID, Destination Conference ID, and Password, as follows: MGC Prefix EQ ID##Conference ID##Password (Password is optional) F o r E x a m p l e : 92 5 10 05 # #2 0 00 6# # 12 34 MCU Prefix as registered in the gatekeeper Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 284
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5-42 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 285
6 Meeting Rooms A Meeting Room is a conference saved on the MCU in passive mode, without using any of the system resources. A Meeting Room is automatically activated when the first participant dials into it. Meeting Rooms can be activated as many times as required. Once activated, a Meeting Room functions as any ongoing conference. The conferencing Mode of the Meeting Room is determined by the Profile assigned to it.
PAGE 286
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 6-1 Default Meeting Rooms List Meeting Room Name ID Default Line Rate Juniper_Room 1003 384 Kbps Fig_Room 1004 384 Kbps Meeting Rooms List Meeting Rooms are listed in the Meeting Room list pane. To list Meeting Rooms: >> In the RMX Management pane, in the Frequently Used list, click the Meeting Rooms button . The Meeting Rooms List is displayed.
PAGE 287
Chapter 6-Meeting Rooms The Meeting Room List columns include: Table 6-2 Meeting Rooms List Columns Field Display Name Description Displays the name and the icon of the Meeting Room in the Collaboration Server Web Client. (green) (gray) Routing Name A passive video Meeting Room that is waiting to be activated. The ASCII name that registers conferences, Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues and SIP Factories in the various gatekeepers and SIP Servers.
PAGE 288
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 6-2 Meeting Rooms List Columns (Continued) Field Description SIP Registration The status of registration with the SIP server: • Not configured - Registration with the SIP Server was not enabled in the Conference Profile assigned to this conferencing Entity.
PAGE 289
Chapter 6-Meeting Rooms Creating a New Meeting Room To create a new meeting room: >> In the Meeting Rooms pane, click the New Meeting Room button or right-click an empty area in the pane and then click New Meeting Room. The New Meeting Room dialog box is displayed. The definition procedure is the same as for the new conference (with the exception of Reserved Resources for Audio and Video participants). If SIP Factories are being used do not assign a Meeting Room the ID 7001.
PAGE 290
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 6-6 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 291
7 Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Entry Queues Entry Queues are supported in AVC Conferencing Mode only. An Entry Queue (EQ) is a special routing lobby to access conferences. Participants connect to a single-dial lobby and are routed to their destination conference according to the Conference ID they enter. The Entry Queue remains in a passive state when there are no callers in the queue (in between connections) and is automatically activated once a caller dials its dial-in number.
PAGE 292
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Entry Queue can also be used for Ad Hoc conferencing. If the Ad Hoc option is enabled for the Entry Queue, when the participant enters the target conference ID the system checks whether a conference with that ID is already running on the MCU. If not, the system automatically creates a new ongoing conference with that ID. For more information about Ad Hoc conferencing, see "Ad Hoc Conferencing” on page 7-16.
PAGE 293
Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Defining a New Entry Queue You can modify the properties of the default Entry Queue and define additional Entry Queues to suit different conferencing requirements. To define a new Entry Queue: 1 In the RMX Management - Rarely Used pane, click Entry Queues. 2 Polycom, Inc. In the Entry Queues list pane, click the New Entry Queue The New Entry Queue dialog box opens. button.
PAGE 294
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Define the following parameters: Table 7-2: Entry Queue Definitions Parameters Option Description Display Name The Display Name is the conferencing entity name in native language character sets to be displayed in the Collaboration Server Web Client.
PAGE 295
Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Table 7-2: Entry Queue Definitions Parameters (Continued) Option Description Entry Queue Mode Select the mode for the Entry Queue: Standard Lobby (default)-When selected, the Entry Queue is used as a routing lobby to access conferences. Participants connect to a single-dial lobby and are routed to their destination conference according to the Conference ID they enter.
PAGE 296
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 7-2: Entry Queue Definitions Parameters (Continued) 4 Option Description ISDN/PSTN Network Service The default Network Service is automatically selected. To select a different ISDN/PSTN Network Service in the service list, select the name of the Network Service. Dial-in Number (1) Leave this field blank to let the system automatically assign a number from the selected ISDN/PSTN Network Service.
PAGE 297
Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Transit Entry Queue A Transit Entry Queue is an Entry Queue to which calls with dial strings containing incomplete or incorrect conference routing information are transferred. IP Calls are routed to the Transit Entry Queue when: • A gatekeeper is not used, or where calls are made directly to the Collaboration Server’s Signaling IP Address, with incorrect or without a Conference ID.
PAGE 298
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide IVR Provider Entry Queue (Shared Number Dialing) In an environment that includes a DMA, the Collaboration Server Entry Queue can be configured to provide the IVR Services on behalf of the DMA to SIP endpoints. It displays the Welcome Slide, plays the welcome message and retrieves the destination conference ID that is entered by the participant using DTMF codes.
PAGE 299
Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Entry Queue >> In the New Entry Queue dialog box, Entry Queue Mode list, select IVR Service Provider Only. — Enter the Entry Queue ID that will be used by the DMA to forward the SIP calls to this Entry Queue. — Select the special Entry Queue IVR Service if one was created. — The Cascade and Enable ISDN/PSTN Dial-in options should not be enabled with this type of Entry Queue.
PAGE 300
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide IVR media files, WAV for voice messages and JPG for video slides, are stored on the application server. In order to provide external IVR control, a TCP-based MCCF channel is created between the application server and the media server. Because of real-time considerations, when the MCCF channel is established, the application server notifies the media server about the media files. The media server downloads the media files.
PAGE 301
Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories 4 In the Entry Queue Mode field, select External IVR Control from the available options: When the External IVR Control is selected, the connection process of the participant to the conference via the Virtual Entry Queue is controlled and managed by an external IVR service of an application server (for example, DMA). 5 Click OK.
PAGE 302
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5 When the application server has completed the pre-conference IVR, the application server routes the call to a VMR with the collected password appended to the following dial string: **@mcu-sig-ip. The call is disconnected from the application server. The MCU now has control of the call. 6 The call is transferred to a conference, which can reside on another MCU.
PAGE 303
Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories SIP Factories A SIP Factory is a conferencing entity that enables SIP endpoints to create Ad Hoc conferences. The system is shipped with a default SIP Factory, named DefaultFactory. The default SIP Factory uses the conferencing ID 7001. If a SIP Factory is being used do not assign this ID to any conferencing entity, including conferences, reservations, and meeting rooms.
PAGE 304
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Define the following parameters: Table 7-3: New Factory Properties Option Description Display Name Enter the SIP Factory name that will be displayed. The Display Name is the conferencing entity name in native language character sets to be displayed in the Collaboration Server Web Client.
PAGE 305
Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories SIP Registration & Presence for Entry Queues and SIP Factories Entry Queues and SIP Factories can be registered with SIP servers. This enables Office Communication Server or Lync server client users to see the availability status (Available, Offline, or Busy) of these conferencing entities and to connect to them directly from the Buddy List. Guidelines • The Entry Queue or SIP Factory must be added to the Active Directory as a User.
PAGE 306
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide When SIP registration is not enabled in the conference profile, the Collaboration Server's registering to SIP Servers will each register with an URL derived from its own signaling address. This unique URL replaces the non-unique URL, dummy_tester, used in previous versions. • Failed - Registration with the SIP Server failed.
PAGE 307
8 Address Book The Address Book stores information about the people and businesses you communicate with. The Address Book stores, among many other fields, IP addresses, phone numbers and network communication protocols used by the participant’s endpoint. By utilizing the Address Book you can quickly and efficiently assign or designate participants to conferences. Groups defined in the Address Book help facilitate the creation of conferences.
PAGE 308
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Viewing the Address Book You can view the participants currently defined in the Address Book. The first time the Collaboration Server Web Client is accessed, the Address Book pane is displayed.
PAGE 309
Chapter 8-Address Book participant links are associated with the same definition of the participant in the All Participants list. If the participant properties are changed in one group, they will be changed in all the groups accordingly. Displaying and Hiding the Group Members in the Navigation Pane The currently selected group, whose group members are displayed in the Address Book List pane is identified by a special icon .
PAGE 310
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 8-1 Docked Address Book List Columns (Continued) Field/Option Description Dialing Direction Dial-in – The participant dials in to the conference. Dial-out – The Collaboration Server dials out to the participant. Encryption Displays whether the endpoint uses encryption for its media. The default setting is Auto, indicating that the endpoint must connect according to the conference encryption setting.
PAGE 311
Chapter 8-Address Book 3 Click and hold the left mouse button and drag the selection to the Participants pane of the conference. The participants are added to the conference. Adding a Group from the Address Book to Conferences You can add a group of participants to a new conference, ongoing conferences, or to Conference Templates by using the drag-and-drop operation.
PAGE 312
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Participant Groups A group is a predefined collection of participants. A group provides an easy way to manage clusters of participants that are in the same organizational structure and to connect a combination of endpoints to a conference.
PAGE 313
Chapter 8-Address Book Table 8-2 Groups Drop-down Menu Actions (Continued) Action Description Delete Group Deletes the group and all of its members. This action displays a message requesting confirmation to delete the group and all members connected with the group. Additionally, you can drag a group from one location in the Address Book to another location, moving the group and all its members, including sub-groups, to its new location using the drag-and-drop operation.
PAGE 314
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Adding a New participant to the Address Book Directly You can add a new participant to the “Main” group or to a group in the Address Book. Additionally, you can add a participant from a new conference, ongoing conference, or Conference Template. To add a new participant to the Address Book: 1 In the Address Book - Navigation pane, select the group to where you want to add the new participant.
PAGE 315
Chapter 8-Address Book 3 Define the following fields: Table 8-3 New Participant – General Properties Field Description Name Enter the name of the participant or the endpoint as it will be displayed in the Collaboration Server Web Client. The Name field can be modified using Unicode encoding. • English text uses ASCII encoding and can contain the most characters (length varies according to the field). • European and Latin text length is approximately half the length of the maximum.
PAGE 316
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 8-3 New Participant – General Properties (Continued) Field Description IP Address (H.323 and SIP Only) Enter the IP address of the participant’s endpoint. • For H.323 participant define either the endpoint IP address or alias. • For SIP participant define either the endpoint IP address or the SIP address.
PAGE 317
Chapter 8-Address Book Table 8-3 New Participant – General Properties (Continued) Field Description SIP Address/Type (SIP Only) Select the format in which the SIP address is written: • SIP URI - Uses the format of an E-mail address, typically containing a user name and a host name: sip:[user]@[host]. For example, sip:dan@polycom.com. Note: If the SIP Address field contains an IPv6 address, it must be surrounded by square brackets, for example, [::1].
PAGE 318
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 8-3 New Participant – General Properties (Continued) 4 Field Description Extension/Identifier String (continued) The Collaboration Server automatically sends this information upon connection to the destination device/conference. The information is sent by the Collaboration Server as DTMF code to the destination device/conference, simulating the standard IVR procedure.
PAGE 319
Chapter 8-Address Book Table 8-4 New Participant – Advanced Properties (Continued) Field Description Resolution The Auto check box is automatically selected to use the Resolution defined for the conference. To specify the Resolution for the participant, select the required resolution from the drop-down menu.
PAGE 320
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 8-4 New Participant – Advanced Properties (Continued) Field Description ISDN/PSTN Network Service Enables users to select the ISDN/PSTN network service. 6 To add general information about the participant, such as e-mail, company name, and so on, click the Information tab and type the necessary details in the Info 1-4 fields. Text in the info fields can be added in Unicode format (length: 31 characters).
PAGE 321
Chapter 8-Address Book To add a participant from the conference to the Address Book: 1 During an ongoing conference, select the participant in the Participant pane and either click the Add Participant to Address Book button ( ) or right-click and select Add Participant to Address Book. The participant is added to the Address Book. Alternatively, you could: a Double-click the participant’s icon or right-click the participant icon and click Participant Properties. The Participant Properties window opens.
PAGE 322
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2 In the Address Book - List pane, double-click the participant’s icon. The Participant’s Properties window is displayed. 3 Modify the necessary properties in the window, such as dialing direction, communication protocol type, and so on. You can modify any property in any of the three tabs: General, Advanced and Info. 4 Click OK. The changes to the participant’s properties are updated.
PAGE 323
Chapter 8-Address Book • • Current group to delete the participant from the selected group Address Book to permanently delete the participant from the address book (all groups). Click OK to perform the delete operation or Cancel to exit the delete operation. Copying or Moving a Participant You can copy or move a participant from one group to another group using the Copy, Cut, and Paste options. A participant can belong to multiple groups. However, there is only one entity per participant.
PAGE 324
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5 Right-click the selected group and click one of the following Paste functions from the drop-down menu: Table 8-6 Paste functions Function Description Paste Participant Creates a link to the participant entity in the pasted location. Paste Participant as New Pastes as a new participant into the selected group. This paste action adds “Copy” to the end of the participant name.
PAGE 325
Chapter 8-Address Book Filtering the Address Book The entries in an address book group can be filtered to display only the entries (participants or groups) that meet criteria that you specify and hides entries that you do not want displayed. It enables you to select and work with a subset of Address Book entries. You can filter by more than one column, by adding additional filters (columns). The filter applies to the displayed group.
PAGE 326
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Example: If the user selects 172.21.41.104 as the matching pattern, the filtered group in the Address Book is displayed as follows: Selected Column Active Filter Indicator 1 Entry matching “172.21.41.104” in filtered group Filtering Address Book Data Using a Custom Pattern To filter the data in an address book group: 1 In the Address Book - Navigation pane, select the group to filter.
PAGE 327
Chapter 8-Address Book 4 In the Condition - Column text matches field, enter the filtering pattern. For example, to list only endpoints that include the numerals 41 in their name, enter 41. 5 Optional. Click the Add Condition button to define additional filtering patterns to further filter the list and fine tune your search. To clear a filtering pattern, click the Clear Condition button. The filtered list is displayed with an active filter (blue) indicator ( ) displayed in the selected column heading.
PAGE 328
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Obtaining the Display Name from the Address Book The MCU can be configured to replace the name of the dial-in participant as defined in the endpoint (site name) with the name defined in the Address Book.
PAGE 329
Chapter 8-Address Book Importing and Exporting Address Books Address Books are proprietary Polycom data files that can only be distributed among Collaboration Server units. The Address Books are exported in XML format, which are editable offline. If no name is assigned to the exported Address Book, the default file name is: EMA.DataObjects.OfflineTemplates.AddressbookContent_.
PAGE 330
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide When importing an Address Book, participants with exact names in the current Address Book will be overwritten by participants defined in the imported Address Book. 4 Click Open. You will return to the Import File dialog box. 5 Click OK. The Address Book is imported and a confirmation message is displayed at the end of the process. 6 Click Close.
PAGE 331
Chapter 8-Address Book • The Collaboration Server uses the RealPresence Resource Manager (XMA) or Polycom CMA address book in read-only mode. You can only add or modify XMA/CMA address book entries from the RealPresence Resource Manager (XMA) or Polycom CMA. The Collaboration Server acts as a proxy to all address book requests between the Collaboration Server Web Client and the XMA/CMA. Ensure that firewall and other network settings allow the Collaboration Server access to the XMA or CMA server.
PAGE 332
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 8-7 3 System Flags for CMA Address Book Integration Flag Description EXTERNAL_CONTE NT_DIRECTORY The Web Server folder name. Change this name if you have changed the default names used by the RealPresence Resource Manager (XMA) or Polycom CMA application. Default: /PlcmWebServices EXTERNAL_CONTE NT_IP Version 4.x and earlier - enter the IP address of the CMA server. For example: 172.22.185.89. Version 5.0.
PAGE 333
9 Reservations Reservations are supported in AVC CP Conferencing Mode only. The Reservations option enables users to schedule conferences. These conferences can be launched immediately or become ongoing, at a specified time on a specified date. Scheduling a conference reservation requires definition of conference parameters such as the date and time at which the conference is to start, the participants and the duration of the conference.
PAGE 334
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 MPMx-D Mode: 1440 (180 video). From Version 7.1, MPM media cards are not supported. • System resources are calculated according to the Collaboration Server’s license. For more information see "Forcing Video Resource Allocation to CIF Resolution” on page 21-16.
PAGE 335
Chapter 9-Reservations • — Sufficient resources are not available in the system. If a problem prevents a Reservation from being activated at its schedule time, the Reservation will not be activated at all. This applies even if the problem is resolved during the Reservation’s scheduled time slot. • A Profile that is assigned to a Reservation cannot be deleted. • Reservations are backed up and restored during Setup > Software Management >Backup /Restore Configuration operations.
PAGE 336
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 9-1 Reservations – Toolbar (Continued) Button Description Delete Reservation Click to delete the selected reservation. Back Click to show the previous day or week, depending on whether Show Day or Show Week is the selected. Next Click to show the next day or week, depending on whether Show Day or Show Week is the selected.
PAGE 337
Chapter 9-Reservations Day View A single day is displayed. Today View The current date (Today), highlighted in orange, can be viewed in both Week View and Day View. Current Date (Today) Day View Week View List View List View does not have a calendar based format. All Reservations are listed by: • • • • Display Name ID Internal ID Start Time • • • • End Time Status Conference Password Profile The Reservations can be sorted, searched and browsed by any of the listed fields. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 338
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Changing the Calendar View To change between Week and Day views: >> In Week View: In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click Show Day ( Day View. ) to change to or In Day View: In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click Show Week ( Week View.
PAGE 339
Chapter 9-Reservations To view Today (the current date): >> In Week View or Day View, in the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click the Today ( button to have the current date displayed within the selected view. ) Week View Day View Current Date (Today) To change to List View: 1 In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click, the Reservations List ( ) button. The Reservations List is displayed. 2 Optional. Sort the data by any field (column heading) by clicking on the column heading.
PAGE 340
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Scheduling Conferences Using the Reservation Calendar Creating a New Reservation There are three methods of creating a new reservation: • Method I – Creating a reservation with default duration of 1 hour • Method II – Creating a reservation with default duration of ½ hour • Method III – Interactively define the reservation duration Each method requires the selection of a starting time slot in the Reservation Calenda
PAGE 341
Chapter 9-Reservations Example: The following click & drag sequence would select a reservation for Tuesday, August 12, 2008, starting at 01:00 with a duration of 4 hours. Date: Tuesday, August 12, 2008 Start Time 01:00 Click Drag Duration 4 Hours Release The duration of reservations created by any of the above methods can be modified in the Scheduler tab of the New Reservation dialog box. To create a new reservation: 1 Open the Reservation Calendar. 2 Select a starting time slot.
PAGE 342
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide All the fields are the same as for the New Conference – General tab, described in the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide, "General Tab” on page 3-14. Table 9-2 New Reservation – Reserved Resources Field Description Reserve Resources for Video Participants Enter the number of video participants for which the system must reserve resources. Default: 0 participants.
PAGE 343
Chapter 9-Reservations 5 Adjust the new reservation’s schedule by modifying the fields as described in Table 9-3. Table 9-3 New Reservation – Schedule Tab Field Start Time End Time Recurring Meeting Polycom, Inc. Description Select the Start Time of the Reservation. Select the End Time of the Reservation. • The Start/End Times of the Reservation are initially taken from the time slot selected in the Reservation Calendar.
PAGE 344
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 9-3 New Reservation – Schedule Tab (Continued) Field Recurrence Pattern Description Daily If Daily is selected, the system automatically selects all the days of the week. To de-select days (for example, weekends) clear their check boxes. Weekly If Weekly is selected, the system automatically selects the day of the week for the Reservation from the day selected in the Reservation Calendar.
PAGE 345
Chapter 9-Reservations 6 Click the Participants tab. Participants List The fields are the same as for the New Conference – Participants tab, described in the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide, "Participants Tab” on page 3-17.
PAGE 346
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide If you create a recurring reservation all occurrences have the same ID. A recurring Reservation is assigned the same ISDN/PSTN dial-in number for all recurrences. If a dial in number conflict occurs prior to the conference’s start time, an alert is displayed: “ISDN dial-in number is already assigned to another conferencing entity” and the conference cannot start.
PAGE 347
Chapter 9-Reservations The cursor changes to a vertical double arrow ( bottom sides of the square. ) when it is moved over the top and Click & Drag to Change Start Time Click & Drag to Move Reservation Click & Drag to Change End Time To move the Reservation to another time slot: 1 Select the Reservation. 2 Hold the mouse button down and drag the Reservation to the desired time slot. 3 Release the mouse button. To change the Reservation’s Start time: 1 Select the Reservation.
PAGE 348
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Adjusting the Start Times of all Reservations When utilizing GMT offset (for example, Daylight Saving Time change), the start time of the reoccurring reservations scheduled before the Collaboration Server time change are not updated accordingly (although their start times appear correctly in the Reservations list, when checking the reservation properties the start time is incorrect).
PAGE 349
Chapter 9-Reservations 3 Click the arrows of the Offset - Hours box to indicate the number of hours to add or subtract from the current start time; a positive value indicates adding time, while minus (-) indicates subtracting time. 4 Click the arrows of the Offset - minutes box to indicate the number of minutes to add or subtract from the current start time of the reservations. Increments or decrements are by 15 minutes.
PAGE 350
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Searching for Reservations using Quick Search Quick Search is available only in List View. It enables you to search for Reservations by Display Name. To search for reservations: 1 In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click in the Quick Search field. The field clears and a cursor is displayed indicating that the field is active. 2 Type all or part of the reservation’s Display Name into the field and click Search.
PAGE 351
10 Operator Assistance & Participant Move Operator conferences and participant move are supported in AVC CP Conferencing Mode only. Users (operators) assistance to participants is available when: • Participants have requested individual help (using *0 DTMF code) during the conference. • Participants have requested help for the conference (using 00 DTMF code) during the conference. • Participants have problems connecting to conferences, for example, when they enter the wrong conference ID or password.
PAGE 352
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • The operator can connect participants belonging to the same destination conference to their conference simultaneously by selecting the appropriate participants and moving them to the Home conference (interactively or using the right-click menu). • The operator can move one or several participants from an ongoing conference to the Operator conference for a private conversation.
PAGE 353
Chapter 10-Operator Assistance & Participant Move Defining the Components Enabling Operator Assistance To enable operator assistance for conferences, the following conferencing entities must be adjusted or created: • IVR Service (Entry Queue and Conference) in which Operator Assistance options are enabled. • A Conference Profile with the Operator Conference option enabled. • An active Operator conference with a connected Operator participant.
PAGE 354
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide password request for Dial-in and Dial-out participant connections. For more information, see Table 17-5, “New Conference IVR Service Properties - Conference Password Parameters,” on page 17-10. 10 Select the various audio messages that will be played in each case. For more information, see Table 17-5, “New Conference IVR Service Properties - Conference Password Parameters,” on page 17-10. 11 Click the General tab.
PAGE 355
Chapter 10-Operator Assistance & Participant Move 19 Click the Operator Assistance tab. The Operator Assistance dialog box opens. 20 Select Enable Operator Assistance to enable operator assistance when the participant requires or requests help during the connection process to the conference or during the conference. 21 In the Operator Assistance Indication Message field, select the audio message to be played when the participant requests or is waiting for the operator’s assistance.
PAGE 356
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 9 Click the Video Services tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - Video Services dialog box opens. 10 In the Video Welcome Slide list, select the video slide that will be displayed to participants connecting to the Entry Queue. The slide list includes the video slides that were previously uploaded to the MCU memory. 11 Click the Operator Assistance tab. The Operator Assistance dialog box opens.
PAGE 357
Chapter 10-Operator Assistance & Participant Move 2 In the Conference Profiles pane, click the New Profile button. The New Profile – General dialog box opens. 3 Define the Profile name and, if required, the Profile general parameters. For more details, see Table 2-12, “New AVC CP Profile - General Parameters,” on page 2-28. 4 Click the Operator Conference check box. 5 Click the Advanced tab. The New Profile – Advanced dialog box opens. 6 Polycom, Inc. Define the Profile Advanced parameters.
PAGE 358
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Note that when Operator Conference is selected, the Auto Terminate selection is automatically cleared and disabled and the Operator conference cannot automatically end unless it is terminated by the Collaboration Server User. 7 Click the Video Quality tab. The New Profile – Video Quality dialog box opens. 8 Define the Video Quality parameters. 9 Click the Video Settings tab.
PAGE 359
Chapter 10-Operator Assistance & Participant Move 3 Define the following parameters: Table 10-1 New Conference – General Options Field Description Duration Define the duration of the conference in hours using the format HH:MM (default 01:00). Notes: • The Operator conference is automatically extended up to a maximum of 168 hours. Therefore, the default duration can be used. • Routing Name This field is displayed in all tabs.
PAGE 360
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 10-1 New Conference – General Options (Continued) 4 Field Description Reserve Resources for Audio Participants Enter the number of audio participants for which the system must reserve resources. Default: 0 participants.
PAGE 361
Chapter 10-Operator Assistance & Participant Move The Operator participant is displayed in the Participants list with an Operator participant icon , and the system automatically dials out to the Operator participant. Saving an Operator Conference to a Template The Operator conference that is ongoing can be saved as a template. To save an ongoing Operator conference as a template: 1 In the Conferences List, select the Operator conference you want to save as a Template.
PAGE 362
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2 Click the Start Conference from Template ( ) button. or Right-click and select Start Conference from Template. The conference is started. The name of the ongoing conference in the Conferences list is taken from the Conference Template Display Name. Monitoring Operator Conferences and Participants Requiring Assistance Operator conferences are monitored in the same way as standard ongoing conferences.
PAGE 363
Chapter 10-Operator Assistance & Participant Move Participants in Entry Queues who failed to enter the correct destination conference ID or the conference password will wait for operator assistance (provided that an Operator conference is active). When requiring or requesting operator assistance, the Collaboration Server management application displays the following: • The participant’s connection Status changes, reflecting the help request. For more information, see Table 10-2.
PAGE 364
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide This list is used as reference only. Participants can be assisted and moved to the Operator conference or the destination conference only from the Participants list of the Entry Queues or ongoing conference where they are awaiting assistance. The participants are automatically removed from the Participant Alerts list when moved to any conference (including the Operator conference).
PAGE 365
Chapter 10-Operator Assistance & Participant Move • When moving the Operator to any conference (following assistance request), the IVR messages and slide display are skipped. • Participants cannot be moved from a Telepresence conference. • Participants cannot be moved from LPR-enabled conferences to non-LPR conferences. Move from non-LPR conferences to LPR-enabled conferences is available.
PAGE 366
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2 In the Participants list, right-click the icon of the participant to move and select one of the following options: — Move to Operator Conference - to move the participant to the Operator conference. — Move to Conference - to move the participant to any ongoing conference. When selected, the Move to Conference dialog box opens, letting you select the name of the destination conference.
PAGE 367
11 Conference Templates Conference Templates enable administrators and operators to create, save, schedule and activate identical conferences. A Conference Template: • Saves the conference Profile. • Saves all participant parameters including their Personal Layout and Video Forcing settings. • Simplifies the setting up Telepresence conferences where precise participant layout and video forcing settings are crucial.
PAGE 368
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • Participant properties are embedded in the Conference Template and therefore, if the participant properties are modified in the Address Book after the Conference Template has been created they are not applied to the participant whether the Template becomes an ongoing conference or not.
PAGE 369
Chapter 11-Conference Templates The Conference Templates are listed by Conference Template Display Name and ID and can be sorted by either field. The list can be customized by re-sizing the pane, adjusting the column widths or changing the order of the column headings. For more information see Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide, "Customizing the Main Screen” on page 3-10.
PAGE 370
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Creating a New Conference Template There are two methods to create a Conference Template: • From scratch - defining the conference parameters and participants • Saving an ongoing conference as Template Creating a new Conference Template from Scratch To create a new Conference Template: 1 In the Collaboration Server Web Client, click the Conference Templates tab. 2 Click the New Conference Template ( ) button.
PAGE 371
Chapter 11-Conference Templates The New Template – Participants dialog box opens. The fields of the New Template – Participants dialog box are the same as those of the New Conference – Participant dialog box. For a full description of these fields see the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide, "Participants Tab” on page 3-17. 6 Optional. Add participants to the template from the Address Book. 7 Click the New button. The New Participant – General tab opens.
PAGE 372
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide For a full description of the General tab fields see "Adding a New participant to the Address Book Directly” on page 8-8. 8 Modify the fields of the General tab. 9 Click the Advanced tab. The New Participant – Advanced tab opens. For a full description of the Advanced tab fields see, "New Participant – Advanced Properties” on page 8-12. 10 Modify the fields of the Advanced tab. 11 Click the Media Sources tab.
PAGE 373
Chapter 11-Conference Templates The Media Sources tab enables you to set up and save Personal Layout and Video Forcing settings for each participant. This is especially important when setting up Telepresence conferences.
PAGE 374
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The New Conference Template – Information tab opens. For a full description of the Information fields see the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide, “Information Tab” on page 20. 16 Click the OK button. The New Conference Template is created and its name is added to the Conference Templates list.
PAGE 375
Chapter 11-Conference Templates The conference is saved to a template whose name is taken from the ongoing conference Display Name (the Login name of the Collaboration Server User). The Template is displayed with the Operator Conference icon. Conference Templates saved from an ongoing conference does not include Message Overlay text messages. Starting an Ongoing Conference From a Template An ongoing conference can be started from any Template saved in the Conference Templates list.
PAGE 376
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The conference is started. If a Conference Template is assigned a dial-in number that is already assigned to an ongoing conference, Meeting Room, or Entry Queue or Gateway Profile, when the template is used to start an ongoing conference or schedule a reservation it will not start.
PAGE 377
Chapter 11-Conference Templates The conference is started. The name of the ongoing conference in the Conferences list is taken from the Conference Template Display Name. Scheduling a Reservation From a Conference Template (AVC Conferencing) A Conference Template can be used to schedule a single or recurring Reservation. To schedule a Reservation from a Conference Template: 1 In the Conference Templates list, select the Conference Template you want to schedule as a Reservation.
PAGE 378
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Display Name of the Reservation is taken from the Conference Template Display Name. Conference Template and Reservation Name For a full description of the Reservation Properties fields see Table 9-3, “New Reservation – Schedule Tab,” on page 9-11. 3 Modify the fields of the Reservation Properties. 4 Click the OK button. A Reservation is created based on the Conference Template.
PAGE 379
Chapter 11-Conference Templates Deleting a Conference Template One or several Conference Templates can be deleted at a time. To delete Conference Templates: 1 In the Conference Templates list, select the Template(s) you want to delete. 2 Click the Delete Conference Template ( ) button. or Right-click and select Delete Conference Template. A confirmation dialog box is displayed. 3 Click the OK button to delete the Conference Template(s).
PAGE 380
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Exporting Conference Templates Conference Templates are exported to a single XML file that can be used to import the Conference Templates on multiple MCUs.
PAGE 381
Chapter 11-Conference Templates The Conference Templates - Export dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Export Path field, type the path name to the location where you want to save the exported file or click Browse to select the desired path. 4 Optional. Clear the Export includes conference profiles check box when you only want to export Conference Templates. When this check box is cleared, the Conference Templates - Export dialog box is displayed without the Profiles file name field.
PAGE 382
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2 Right-click the Conference Templates to be exported, and then click Export Selected Conference Templates. . The Conference Templates - Export dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Export Path field, type the path name to the location where you want to save the exported file or click Browse to select the desired path. 4 Optional.
PAGE 383
Chapter 11-Conference Templates 6 Click OK to export the Conference Templates and Conference Profiles to a file. Importing Conference Templates You can import Conference Templates and Conference Profiles from one MCU to multiple MCUs in your environment. To import Conference Templates: 1 In the Collaboration Server Web Client main window, click the Conference Templates tab. The Conference Templates are displayed.
PAGE 384
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4 In the Import Path field, click Browse to navigate to the path and file name of the Conference Templates you want to import. When clicking the exported templates file you want to import, the system automatically displays the appropriate files in the Templates file name field and the Profiles file name field (when the Import includes conference profiles check box is selected).
PAGE 385
12 Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook is supported in AVC CP Conferencing Mode only. Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook is not supported when the Collaboration Server is in Ultra Secure Mode. For more information see "Ultra Secure Mode” on page 23-1. Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook is an add-in that enables users to easily organize and invite attendees to Video Enabled meetings via Microsoft Outlook®.
PAGE 386
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide A Gathering Slide is displayed to connected participants until the conference starts. Gathering Slide: Displays Meeting Information Until Conference Starts The Gathering Slide displays live video along with information taken from the meeting invitation such as the subject, meeting organizer, duration, dial-in numbers etc. At the end of the Gathering Phase, the conference layout is displayed.
PAGE 387
Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® To configure the Collaboration Server’s Exchange Integration Configuration: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu, click Setup > Exchange Integration Configuration. The Exchange Integration Configuration dialog box is displayed. There are three options that can be used to configure the Exchange Integration Configuration.
PAGE 388
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide a Define the following fields: Table 12-1 Exchange Integration Configuration - Option 1 b 12-4 Field Description Enable Calendaring Service Select or clear this check box to enable or disable the Calendaring Service using the Polycom Add-in for Microsoft Outlook. When this check box is cleared all fields in the dialog box are disabled. Exchange Server Address Enter the IP address of the Exchange Server.
PAGE 389
Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Option 2 - Using an alternate Primary SMTP Mailbox Mailbox Properties Different Mailbox Names Primary SMTP Mailbox a Additional Required Field Define the following fields: Table 12-2 Exchange Integration Configuration - Option 2 Field Description Enable Calendaring Service Exchange Server Address User Name These fields are defined as for Option 1 above. Password Domain Accept Appointments Primary SMTP Mailbox (Optional) Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 390
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide b Click the OK button.
PAGE 391
Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Table 12-3 Exchange Integration Configuration - Option 3 (Continued) Field Description Enable Calendaring Service User Name Password Domain These fields are defined as for Option 1 above. Primary SMTP Mailbox (Optional) Accept Appointments b Click the OK button. If applicable, RSS, VMC, DMA and calendaring-enabled endpoints are configured with the Exchange Server Name, User Names and Passwords needed to access their accounts.
PAGE 392
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • • 12-8 — International Spanish — Korean — Japanese — Simplified Chinese Collaboration Server resource management is the responsibility of the system administrator: — Conferences initiated by Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook are ad hoc and therefore resources are not reserved in advance.
PAGE 393
Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Creating and Connecting to a Conference Creating a Conference Meetings are organized using the Microsoft Outlook client in the normal manner. If the meeting organizer decides that video participants are to be included in a multipoint video conference, he/she clicks the Polycom Conference button. Conference Information such as the Meeting ID and connection information is automatically added to the existing appointment information.
PAGE 394
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 12-4 summarizes the Collaboration Server’s usage of Microsoft Outlook data fields included in the meeting invitation. Table 12-4 Microsoft Outlook Field Usage Usage by the Collaboration Server / DMA Microsoft Outlook Field Subject Conference / Meeting Room Display Name of Conference / Meeting Room. Start/End Time Gathering Slide Meeting Name. Used to calculate the Conference’s Duration.
PAGE 395
Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Collaboration Server Standalone Deployment When using a single Collaboration Server in a standalone deployment, connection is via an Ad Hoc Entry Queue. The meeting is started when the first participant connects to the Collaboration Server. When the first participant connects, a conference is created and named according to the information contained in the dial string.
PAGE 396
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 12-12 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 397
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring Conference and Participant Monitoring Skins IVR Info Administrator Operator Tab Chairperson Viewing Permissions You can monitor ongoing conferences and perform various operations while conferences are running. Three levels of monitoring are available with the Collaboration Server: •  •   General Monitoring - You can monitor the general status of all ongoing conferences and their participants in the main window.
PAGE 398
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide General Monitoring Users can monitor a conference or keep track of its participants and progress. For more information, see Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide, "Monitoring Ongoing Conferences” on page 3-43. You can click the blinking Participant Alerts indication bar to view participants that require attention.
PAGE 399
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring Conference Level Monitoring In addition to the general conference information that is displayed in the Conference list pane, you can view the details of the conference’s current status and setup parameters, using the Conference Properties dialog box.
PAGE 400
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Conference Properties - General dialog box with the General tab opens.
PAGE 401
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring Table 13-1 Conference Properties - General (Continued) 2 Polycom, Inc. Field Description Conference Password A numeric password for participants to access the conference. Chairperson Password A numeric password used by participants to identify themselves as the conference chairperson. ID The conference ID. Profile The name of the conference Profile from which conference parameters were taken.
PAGE 402
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Conference Properties - Advanced dialog box opens. 3 The following information is displayed in the Advanced tab: Table 13-2 Conference Properties - Advanced Parameters 13-6 Field/Option Description Encryption Indicates whether the conference is encrypted. Packet Loss Compensation (LPR and DBA) Indicates wether Packet Loss Compensation (LPR and DBA) is enabled for the conference.
PAGE 403
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring Table 13-2 Conference Properties - Advanced Parameters (Continued) Field/Option Description TIP Compatibility Indicates the TIP Compatibility mode implemented for the conference, when the environment implements the Collaboration Server and Cisco Telepresence Systems (CTS) Integration solution.
PAGE 404
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5 The following information is displayed: Table 13-3 Profile - Gathering Settings Field/Options Description Enable Gathering Indicates whether the Gathering Phase has been enabled. Display Language Indicates the language of the Gathering Slide field headings.
PAGE 405
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring The following information is displayed: Table 13-4 Conference Properties - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option Description People Video Definition Video Quality Indicates the resolution and frame rate that determine the video quality set for the conference. Possible settings are: Motion or Sharpness. For more information, see "Video Resolutions in AVCbased CP Conferencing” on page 4-1.
PAGE 406
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 13-4 Conference Properties - Video Quality Parameters (Continued) 7 Field/Option Description Send Content to Legacy Endpoints (CP only) Indicates if the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints is enabled. If enabled, Content can be sent to H.323/SIP/ISDN endpoints that do not support H.239 Content (legacy endpoints) over the video (people) channel.
PAGE 407
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring Table 13-5 Conference Properties - Video Settings Parameters (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Field Description Telepresence Mode Enabled Indicates if the conference is running in Telepresence Mode. Telepresence Mode Indicates the Telepresence Mode. Telepresence Layout Mode Indicates the layout of the Telepresence Mode. Lecturer Indicates the name of the lecturer (if one is selected). Selecting a lecturer enables the Lecture Mode.
PAGE 408
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 10 CP Only Conferences: Click the Customized Polling tab to view and modify the customized polling for the conference.
PAGE 409
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring 11 Optional. Add a participant to the list of participants to be Auto Scanned: a Click on the participant’s name in the All Participants list. b Click the Add button to move the participant to the Scanning Order pane. 12 Optional. Delete a participant from the list of participants to be Auto Scanned: a Click on a participant’s name in the Scanning Order list. b Click the Delete button to move the participant back to the All Participants pane.
PAGE 410
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide For more information, see "Message Overlay for Text Messaging” on page 2-80. 24 Click the Network Services tab to verify the SIP registration for the conference. 25 Click OK to close the Conference Properties dialog box.
PAGE 411
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring 3 Polycom, Inc. Field Description Routing Name The ASCII name of the conference. It can be used by H.323 and SIP participants for dialing in directly to the conference. It is used to register the conference in the gatekeeper and the SIP server. Start Time The time the conference started. End Time The expected conference end time. Conference Password Conference Password is not supported in SVC conferences.
PAGE 412
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Conference Properties - Advanced dialog box opens. 4 The following information is displayed in the Advanced tab: Table 13-7 Conference Properties - Advanced Parameters 13-16 Field/Option Description Encryption Indicates the Encryption setting for the conference. Packet Loss Compensation (LPR and DBA) Packet Loss Compensation is not supported in SVC conferences.
PAGE 413
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring 5 Click the Video Quality tab. The Conference Properties - Video Quality dialog box opens. The following information is displayed: Table 13-8 Conference Properties - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option Description People Video Definition Video Quality Indicates the resolution and frame rate that determine the video quality set for the conference. In SVC conferencing, only Sharpness is supported.
PAGE 414
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 13-8 Conference Properties - Video Quality Parameters (Continued) 6 Field/Option Description Content Resolution Resolution is fixed in SVC conferences. Click the Video Settings tab to view the video parameters defined for the conference. In SVC conferences, only Auto Layout is enabled and cannot be disabled. All other video settings are disabled. 13-18 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 415
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring 7 Click the Audio Settings tab to view the audio parameters defined for the conference. In SVC conferences, all Audio Settings options are disabled. 8 Click the Information tab to view general information defined for the conference. Changes made to this information once the conference is running are not saved to the CDR. 9 Click OK to close the Conference Properties dialog box.
PAGE 416
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Requesting Help A participant can request help using the appropriate DTMF code from his/her touch tone telephone or the endpoint’s DTMF input device. The participant can request Individual Assistance (default DTMF code *0) or Conference Assistance (default DTMF code 00).
PAGE 417
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring Request to Speak Participants that were muted by the conference organizer/system operator can indicate that they want to be unmuted by entering the appropriate DTMF code. An icon is displayed in the Role column of the Participants list for 30 seconds. Request to Speak Request to Speak is: • Activated when the participant enters the appropriate DTMF code (default: 99).
PAGE 418
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Participants are automatically added to the Participants Alerts list in the following circumstances: • The participant fails to connect to the conference by entering the wrong conference ID or conference password and waits for the operator’s assistance. • The participant requests Operator’s Assistance during the ongoing conference. This list is used as reference only.
PAGE 419
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring Participant Level Monitoring In addition to conference information, you can view detailed information regarding the status and parameters of each listed participant, using the Participant Properties dialog box. Participant properties can be displayed for all participants currently connected to a conference and for defined participants that have been disconnected. Properties differ for IP and ISDN/PSTN participants.
PAGE 420
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Media Sources dialog box enables you to mute participant’s audio, suspend participant’s video transmission and select a personal Video Layout for the participant.
PAGE 421
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring Table 13-10 Participant Properties - Media Sources Parameters (Continued) Field Description Mute/Suspend Indicates if the endpoint’s audio and/or video channels have been muted/ suspended. The entity that initiated audio mute or video suspend is also indicated. • MCU – Audio or Video channel has been muted/suspended by the MCU. • User – Channels have been muted/suspended by the Collaboration Server user.
PAGE 422
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The following parameters are displayed: 13-26 Administrator Operator Tab Connection Status Chairperson Viewing Permissions  Table 13-11 Participant Properties - Connection Status Parameters Field Description Participant Status Status Indicates the connection status of the participant. Connection Time The date and time the participant connected to the conference.
PAGE 423
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring 3 Click the H.245 (H.323) or SDP (SIP) tab during or after the participant’s connection process to view information that can help in resolving connection issues. Displays the endpoint’s actual capabilities used for the connection LPR activity (Displayed in all three panes) List’s the endpoint’s capabilities as retrieved from the remote site H.
PAGE 424
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 13-12 Participant Properties - H.245/SDP Parameters (Continued) Channel Status Administrator Operator Tab Chairperson Viewing Permissions  4 13-28 Field Description Remote Communication Mode Displays the actual capabilities used by the endpoint when establishing the connection with the MCU (Endpoint to MCU).
PAGE 425
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring The following parameters are displayed: Table 13-13 Participant Properties - Channel Status Parameters Polycom, Inc. Field Description Channels Used When checked, indicates the channel type used by the participant to connect to the conference: Incoming channels are endpoint to MCU, Outgoing channels are from MCU to endpoint. Channels: • H.225/Signaling - The call-signaling channel. • H.245/SDP - The Control channel.
PAGE 426
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 13-13 Participant Properties - Channel Status Parameters (Continued) 13-30 Field Description Sync Status Channel - The channel type: Video or Content. Source - The name of the participant currently viewed by this participant. Position - The video layout position indicating the place of each participant as they appear in a conference.
PAGE 427
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring 5 Click the Channel Status Advanced tab to view additional information for selected audio and video channels. In the Channel Status - Advanced tab, channels can be selected for viewing additional information: Channel Status Advanced Administrator Operator Tab Chairperson Viewing Permissions  Table 13-14 Participant Properties - Channel Status Advanced Parameters Field Description Channel Info Select a channel to view its information: • H.
PAGE 428
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 13-14 Participant Properties - Channel Status Advanced Parameters (Continued) 13-32 Field Description ICE RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/ 4000 IP Address The IP address, port number, and transport protocol of the MCU used to pass through the media when ICE is functional. See Appendix H, “Participant Properties - ICE Connection Parameters”on page H-70.
PAGE 429
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring 6 Optional for H.323 AVC-based participants. Click the Gatekeeper Status tab to view its parameters. Administrator Operator Tab Gatekeeper Status Chairperson Viewing Permissions  Table 13-15 Participant Properties - Gatekeeper Status Parameters Polycom, Inc. Field Description Requested Bandwidth The bandwidth requested by the MCU from the gatekeeper. Allocated Bandwidth The actual bandwidth allocated by the gatekeeper to the MCU.
PAGE 430
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 7 Optional for SIP AVC-based and SVC-based participants. Click the Call Admission Control tab to view its parameters. Administrator Operator Tab Gatekeeper Status Chairperson Viewing Permissions  Table 13-16 Participant Properties - Gatekeeper Status Parameters 13-34 Field Description Requested Bandwidth The bandwidth requested by the MCU from the SIP server.
PAGE 431
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring Monitoring SIP BFCP Content In the SIP Participant Properties dialog box, BFCP status information appears in: • All three panes of the SDP tab. • The Channel Status tab. • The Channel Status -Advanced tab. SDP Channel Status Channel Status - Advanced For more information see "Participant Level Monitoring” on page 13-23. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 432
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Detecting SIP Endpoint Disconnection When an abnormal disconnection of SIP endpoints occurs because of network problems or client application failures, SIP endpoints remain connected to the conference causing connection disruptions. For example, the video freezes in the layout or blocks content for SIP endpoints when a quick re-connection is performed.
PAGE 433
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring Monitoring ISDN/PSTN Participants Using the Participant Properties dialog box, you can monitor and verify the properties of an ISDN/PSTN participant. The dialog box’s tabs contain information that is relevant to the participant’s status only while the conference is running and is used to monitor the participant’s status when connection problems occur. Maximum line rate at which ISDN endpoints can connect to a conference is 768 kbps.
PAGE 434
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Participant Properties - Media Sources dialog box is displayed. Table 13-18 ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Media Sources Field Description Mute/Suspend Indicates if the endpoint’s audio and/or video channels from the endpoint have been muted/suspended. The entity that initiated audio mute or video suspend is also indicated. • MCU – Audio or Video channel has been muted/suspended by the MCU.
PAGE 435
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring 2 Click the H.221 tab to view additional information that can help to resolve connection issues. List’s the endpoint’s capabilities as retrieved from the remote site Displays the endpoint’s actual capabilities used for the connection Displays the MCU’s capabilities used for connection with the participant Table 13-19 Participant Properties - H.221 Parameters Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 436
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Click the Connection Status tab to view general information regarding the participant connection and disconnection causes of the participant to the conference. Table 13-20 ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Connection Status 13-40 Field Description Status Indicates the connection status of the participant to the conference. If there is a problem, the appropriate status is displayed, for example, Disconnected.
PAGE 437
Chapter 13-Conference and Participant Monitoring 4 Click the Channel Status tab to view the status of a participant’s channels. Table 13-21 ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Channel Status Polycom, Inc. Field Description Connected Media Indicates if the participant is connected with Audio, Video and Content media channels. Channels Used • Channel – Indicates the channel used by the participants and whether the channel is connected (indicated with a check mark) or disconnected.
PAGE 438
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 13-21 ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Channel Status Field Description Content Token A check mark indicates that the participant is the current holder of the Content Token.
PAGE 439
14 Recording Conferences Conference recording is not available in SVC Conferencing Mode. Conferences running on the Collaboration Server can be recorded using a Polycom® RSS™ Recording and Streaming Server (RSS). The recording system can be installed at the same site as the conferencing MCU or at a remote site. Several MCU’s can share the same recording system. Recording conferences is enabled via a Recording Link, which is a dial-out connection from the conference to the recording system.
PAGE 440
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Configuring the Collaboration Server to Enable Recording To make recording possible the following components you must be configured on the Collaboration Server: • Recording Link – defines the connection between the conference and the recording system.
PAGE 441
Chapter 14-Recording Conferences The New Recording Link dialog box is displayed. 3 Define the following parameters: Table 14-1 Recording Link Parameters Parameter Description Name Displays the default name that is assigned to the Recording Link. If multiple Recording Links are defined, it is recommended to use a descriptive name to be indicate the VRR to which it will be associated. Default: Recording Link Type Select the network environment: • H.
PAGE 442
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4 Click OK. The Recording Link is added to the Collaboration Server unit. Enabling the Recording Features in a Conference IVR Service To record a conference, a Conference IVR Service in which the recording messages and DTMF codes are activated must be assigned to the conference.
PAGE 443
Chapter 14-Recording Conferences 7 To modify the DTMF code or permission for a recording function: a Select the desired DTMF name (Start, Stop or Pause Recording), click the DTMF code entry and type a new code.
PAGE 444
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4 Select the Enable Recording check box. 5 Define the following parameters: Table 14-3 Conference Profile Recording Parameters Parameter Description Enable Recording Select to enable Recording Settings in the dialog box. Recording Link Select a recording link for the conference from the list.
PAGE 445
Chapter 14-Recording Conferences Recording Link Encryption The Recording Link can be encrypted when recording an encrypted conference. The encryption of the Recording Link is enabled when Encryption is selected in the Conference Profile on the Collaboration Server and on the RSS, and the system flag ALLOW_NON_ENCRYPT_RECORDING_LINK_IN_ENCRYPT_CONF is set to NO. Recording Link Encryption Guidelines: • The Recording Link connection type must be H.323. • The Recording Link uses the AES encryption format.
PAGE 446
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Recording Link Settings The recording of encrypted conferences via an encrypted Recording Link is enabled in the Conference Profile by: • Selecting the Encryption option (Encrypt All or Encrypt when Possible) in the Advanced tab. For more details, see "Media Encryption” on page 4-41. • Setting the Recording options in the Recording tab. For more details, see "Enabling the Recording in the Conference Profile” on page 14-5.
PAGE 447
Chapter 14-Recording Conferences Recording Link Layout When the video layout of the conference is set to Auto Layout, the recording of the conference will now include all the conference participants and not n-1 participants as in previous versions. In the new Auto Layout algorithm, the Recording Link is counted as a “participant” and therefore it is excluded from the layout display used for the recording. The layout used for the other participants will behave as in the “standard” Auto Layout behavior.
PAGE 448
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Using the Collaboration Server Web Client to Manage the Recording Process To manage the recording process using the right-click menu: >> Right-click the Recording participant in the conference and select from one of the following options: Table 14-1 Recording Participant Right-click Options 14-10 Name Description Start Starts recording. When recording has started, this option toggles with the Pause option.
PAGE 449
Chapter 14-Recording Conferences To manage the recording process using the Conference toolbar: >> In the Conferences pane, click one of the following buttons in the Conference tool bar. The recording buttons will only be displayed in the conference tool bar for a conference that is recording-enabled. Table 14-2 Conferences List - Recording Tool bar buttons Button Description Start/Resume recording. This button toggles with the Pause button. Stop recording. Pause recording.
PAGE 450
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Once added to the conference, the MCU automatically connects the participant (the link to Codian VCR) and the recording is automatically started on the Codian VCR. A connection can also be defined on the Codian VCR, dialing into the recorded conference using the MCU prefix and the Conference ID as for any other dial-in participant in the conference.
PAGE 451
15 Users, Connections, and Notes Users Collaboration Server Web Client users are defined in the User’s table and can connect to the MCU to perform various operations. A maximum of 100 users can be defined per MCU.
PAGE 452
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Operator An Operator can manage Meeting Rooms, Profiles, Entry Queues, and SIP Factories, and can also view the Collaboration Server configurations, but cannot change them. Administrator and Operator users can verify which users are defined in the system. Neither of them can view the user passwords, but an Administrator can change a password. Chairperson A Chairperson can only manage ongoing conferences and participants.
PAGE 453
Chapter 15-Users, Connections, and Notes In Ultra Secure Mode (ULTRA_SECURE_MODE=YES), Users can be automatically disabled or locked out by the system when they do not log into the Collaboration Server application for a predefined period or if their login session does not meet Enhanced Security requirements. Users can be manually disabled by the administrator. For more details, see "Notes” on page 15-9. Adding a New User Administrators can add new users to the system.
PAGE 454
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Deleting a User To delete a user, you must have Administrator authorization. The last remaining Administrator in the Users list cannot be deleted. 1 In the Collaboration Server Management pane, click the Users ( 2 Select the user and click the Delete ( Delete User. ) button. ) button or right-click the user and then click The system displays a confirmation message.
PAGE 455
Chapter 15-Users, Connections, and Notes To disable a user: 1 In the Collaboration Server Management pane, click the Users ( ) button. The Users pane is displayed. 2 In the Users pane, right-click the user to be disabled and select Disable User in the menu. A confirmation box is displayed. 3 Click YES. The User status in the Users list - Disabled column changes to Yes.
PAGE 456
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Renaming a User To rename a user: 1 In the Collaboration Server Management pane, click the Users ( ) button. The Users pane is displayed. 2 Right-click the user to be renamed and select Rename User. The Rename User dialog box is displayed. 3 Enter the user’s new name in the New User Name field and click OK. The user is renamed and is forced to change his/her password.
PAGE 457
Chapter 15-Users, Connections, and Notes 2 The Collaboration Server searches its records to find the FQDN that is associated with the application-user’s name. 3 If the FQDN in the received certificate matches that associated with application-user, and the password is correct, the connection proceeds. Guidelines • Application-users are only supported when TLS security is enabled and Request peer certificate is selected.
PAGE 458
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Active Directory • When working with Active Directory, CMA, DMA, and XMA cannot be registered within Active Directory as regular users. CMA and DMA application-users must be manually. • The only restriction is that TLS mode is enabled together with client certificate validation. • If the above configuration are set off it will not be possible to add machine accounts.
PAGE 459
Chapter 15-Users, Connections, and Notes Notes Notes are the electronic equivalent of paper sticky notes. You can use notes to write down questions, important phone numbers, names of contact persons, ideas, reminders, and anything you would write on note paper. Notes can be left open on the screen while you work. Notes can be read by all system Users concurrently connected to the MCU. Notes that are added to the Notes list are updated on all workstations by closing and re-opening the Notes window.
PAGE 460
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To delete a note: 1 In the Notes list, select the entry for the note to delete and click the Delete Note button ( ), or right-click the entry and select Delete Note. A delete confirmation dialog box is displayed. 2 15-10 Click OK to delete the note, or click Cancel to keep the note. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 461
16 Network Services To enable the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) to function within IP and ISDN/ PSTN network environments, network parameters must be defined for both the IP Network Services and ISDN/PSTN Network Services. The IP Network Service must be defined for the Collaboration Server, while the ISDN/PSTN Network Service definition is optional and is done when the RTM ISDN cards are installed in the MCU.
PAGE 462
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide When IPv4 is selected, IPv6 fields are not displayed and conversely when IPv6 is selected, IPv4 fields are not displayed. When IPv6 & IPv4 is selected both IPv6 and IPv4 fields are displayed. For the purposes of comprehensive documentation, all screen captures in this chapter show the dialog boxes as displayed with IPv6 & IPv4 selected.
PAGE 463
Chapter 16-Network Services • First time power-up. • Deletion of the Default IP Service, followed by a system reset. For more information, see the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/ 4000 Getting Started Guide, "Procedure 1: First-time Power-up” on page 2-27. Changes made to any of these parameters only take effect when the Collaboration Server is reset. An Active Alarm is created when changes made to the system have not yet been implemented and the MCU must be reset.
PAGE 464
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Modify the following fields: Table 16-1 Default Management Network Service – IP Field Description Network Service Name Displays the name of the Management Network. This name cannot be modified. Note: This field is displayed in all Management Network Properties tabs. IP Version IPv4 Select this option for IPv4 addressing only. IPv6 Select this option for IPv6 addressing only.
PAGE 465
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-1 Default Management Network Service – IP (Continued) Field Description Control Unit IP Address IPv4 The IPv4 address of the Collaboration Server. This IP address is used by the RP Collaboration Server Web Client to connect to the Collaboration Server. The IPv6 address of the MCU. This IP address is used by the RP Collaboration Server Web Client to connect to the Collaboration Server.
PAGE 466
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4 Click the Routers tab. 5 Modify the following fields: Table 16-2 Default Management Network Service – Routers Field Description Default Router IP Address IPv4 IPv6 16-6 Enter the IP address of the default router. The default router is used whenever the defined static routers are not able to route packets to their destination. The default router is also used when host access is restricted to one default router.
PAGE 467
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-2 Default Management Network Service – Routers (Continued) Field Description Static Routes IPv4 Only Table The system uses Static Routes to search other networks for endpoint addresses that are not found on the local LAN. Up to five routers can be defined in addition to the Default Router. The order in which the routers appear in the list determines the order in which the system looks for the endpoints on the various networks.
PAGE 468
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 6 Click the DNS tab. 7 Modify the following fields: Table 16-3 Default Management Network Service – DNS Field Description MCU Host Name Enter the name of the MCU on the network. Default name is RMX DNS Select: • Off – if DNS servers are not used in the network. • Specify – to enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers. Note: The IP address fields are enabled only if Specify is selected.
PAGE 469
Chapter 16-Network Services RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/4000 : If you want to modify the LAN Port Speed Settings on an RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/4000 see "Ethernet Settings” on page 16-28. 9 View or modify the following fields: Table 16-4 Management Network Properties – LAN Ports Parameters Field Port Speed Polycom, Inc. Description The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 has 3 LAN ports.
PAGE 470
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 10 Click the Security tab. 11 Modify the following fields: Table 16-5 Management Network Properties – Security Parameters Field Description Secured Communication Select to enable Secured Communication. The Collaboration Server supports TLS 1.0 and SSL 3.0 (Secure Socket Layer). A SSL/TLS Certificate must installed on the Collaboration Server for this feature to be enabled.
PAGE 471
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-5 Management Network Properties – Security Parameters (Continued) Field Skip Certificate Validation for OSCP Responder Description For a detailed description of this field see the Ultra Secure Mode chapter, "Certificate Management” on page 23-5 and "Certificate Revocation” on page 23-15. 12 Click OK. 13 If you have modified the Management Network Properties, reset the MCU. 14 Optional. Click the Whitelist tab.
PAGE 472
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Fast Configuration Wizard The Fast Configuration Wizard enables you to configure the Default IP Service. It starts automatically if no Default IP Network Service is defined. This happens during First Time Power-up, before the service has been defined or if the Default IP Service has been deleted, followed by an Collaboration Server restart.
PAGE 473
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-6 Default IP Network Service – IP (Continued) Field Description IP Network Type Displays the network type selected during the First Entry configuration. The Default IP Network icon indicates the selected environment. You can select: • H.323: For an H.323-only Network Service. • • SIP: For a SIP-only Network Service. H.323 & SIP: For an integrated IP Service. Both H.323 and SIP participants can connect to the MCU using this service.
PAGE 474
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4 Click the Routers tab. With the exception of IP Network Type, the field definitions of the Routers tab are the same as for the Default Management Network. For more information see "Click the Routers tab.” on page 16-6. 5 Optional. Click the DNS tab. — If the DNS field in the IP Network Service is set to Specify and the DNS is not configured or disabled, the DNS configured for the Management Network will be used.
PAGE 475
Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. a In the New IP Network Service / IP Network Service Properties dialog box, click the DNS tab. b In the DNS field select Specify. c In the DNS Server Address field, enter the IP address of the DNS Server for the IP Network Service. d Continue configuring the IP Network Service or click OK to save your changes.
PAGE 476
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 6 Click the Gatekeeper tab. 7 Modify the following fields: Table 16-7 Default IP Service – Conferencing – Gatekeeper Parameters 16-16 Field Description Gatekeeper Select Specify to enable configuration of the gatekeeper IP address. When Off is selected, all gatekeeper options are disabled. Primary Gatekeeper IP Address or Name Enter either the gatekeeper’s host name as registered in the DNS or IP address.
PAGE 477
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-7 Default IP Service – Conferencing – Gatekeeper Parameters (Continued) Field Description Refresh Registration every __ seconds The frequency with which the system informs the gatekeeper that it is active by re-sending the IP address and aliases of the IP cards to the gatekeeper. If the IP card does not register within the defined time interval, the gatekeeper will not refer calls to this IP card until it reregisters. If set to 0, re-registration is disabled.
PAGE 478
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Settings in the Ports tab allow specific ports in the firewall to be allocated to multimedia conference calls. The port range recommended by IANA (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority) is 49152 to 65535. The Collaboration Server uses this recommendation along with the number of licensed ports to calculate the port range.
PAGE 479
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-8 Default IP Service – Conferencing – Ports Parameters (Continued) Field Description UDP Port from - to Displays the default settings for port numbers used for audio and video. To modify the number of UDP ports: • In MPM Card Configuration Mode: Enter the first and last port numbers in the range. The number of ports is calculated as follows: Number of simultaneous calls x 8 ports (2 audio, 2 video, 2 Content and 2 FECC).
PAGE 480
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide DiffServ and Precedence are the two QoS methods supported by the Collaboration Server. These methods differ in the way the packet’s priority is encoded in the packet header. The Collaboration Server’s implementation of QoS is defined per Network Service, not per endpoint. The routers must support QoS in order for IP packets to get higher priority.
PAGE 481
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-9 Default IP Service – Conferencing – QoS Parameters (Continued) Field Description TOS Select the type of Service (TOS) that defines optimization tagging for routing the conferences audio and video packets. • Delay: The recommended default for video conferencing; prioritized audio and video packets tagged with this definition are delivered with minimal delay (the throughput of IP packets minimizes the queue sequence and the delay between packets).
PAGE 482
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 16-10 Default IP Network Service – SIP Servers (Continued) Field Description Refresh Registration This defines the time in seconds, in which the Collaboration Server refreshes it’s registration on the SIP server. For example, if “3600” is entered the Collaboration Server will refresh it’s registration on the SIP server every 3600 seconds.
PAGE 483
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-10 Default IP Network Service – SIP Servers (Continued) Field Description Port Enter the number of the TCP or UDP port used for listening. The port number must match the port number configured in the SIP server. Default port is 5060. Outbound Proxy Servers: Primary / Alternate Server Parameter Server IP Address By default, the Outbound Proxy Server is the same as the SIP Server.
PAGE 484
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 14 Click the Security tab. 15 Modify the following fields: Table 16-11 Default IP Network Service – Security (SIP Digest) Field Description SIP Authentication Click this check box to enable SIP proxy authentication. Select this check box only if the authentication is enabled on the SIP proxy, to enable the Collaboration Server to register with the SIP proxy.
PAGE 485
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-11 Default IP Network Service – Security (SIP Digest) (Continued) Field Description H.323 Authentication Click this check box to enable H.323 server authentication. Select this check box only if the authentication is enabled on the gatekeeper, to enable the Collaboration Server to register with the gatekeeper. If the authentication is enabled on the gatekeeper and disabled on the RMX, calls will fail to connect to the conferences.
PAGE 486
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16 Optional. To configure the ICE environment, click the SIP Advanced tab. 17 Modify the following fields: Table 16-12 Default IP Network Service – SIP Advanced Field Description Server User Name Enter the Collaboration Server User name as defined in the Active Directory. For example, enter rmx1234. This field is disabled if the ICE Environment field is set to None.
PAGE 487
Chapter 16-Network Services The V35 Gateway dialog box is displayed. 19 Modify the following fields: Table 16-13 Network Service - V35 tab Field Description V35 Gateway IP Address Enter the Management IP address of the management interface of the Serial Gateway. For more information see the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments, "Deploying a Polycom RMX™ Serial Gateway S4GW” on page 19-29.
PAGE 488
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Ethernet Settings In the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/4000 the automatically identified speed and transmit/receive mode of each LAN port used by the system can be manually modified if the specific switch requires it. These settings can be modified in the Ethernet Settings dialog box and they are not part of the Management Network dialog box as for the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000.
PAGE 489
Chapter 16-Network Services The Ethernet Settings dialog box opens. RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 in Ultra Secure Mode RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/4000 : Although the RTM LAN (media card) ports are shown as Port 1 in the Ethernet Settings and Hardware Monitor, the physical LAN connection is Port 2. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 490
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2 Modify the following field: Table 16-15 Ethernet Settings Parameters Field Description Speed The Collaboration Server has 3 LAN ports on the RTM-IP (Management, Signaling and Shelf Management), and additional LAN ports on each media card (RTM LAN) and RTM ISDN cards. The administrator can set the speed and transmit/receive mode manually for these ports. 802.1x Authentication User Name Port The LAN port number.
PAGE 491
Chapter 16-Network Services IP Network Monitoring The Signaling Monitor is the Collaboration Server entity used for monitoring the status of external network entities such as the gatekeeper, DNS, SIP proxy and Outbound proxy and their interaction with the MCU. To monitor signaling status: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click Signaling Monitor ( ). 2 In the Signaling Monitor pane, double-click Default IP Service.
PAGE 492
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 16-16 IP Network Services Properties – RMX CS IP (Continued) Field IPv6 Description Scope Default Router IP Address 3 IP Address Global The Global Unicast IP address of the Collaboration Server. Site-Local The IP address of the Collaboration Server within the local site or organization. The IP address of the default router.
PAGE 493
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-17 IP Network Services Properties – H.323 (Continued) Field Registration Interval 4 Description The interval in seconds between the Signaling Host’s registration messages to the gatekeeper. This value is taken from either the IP Network Service or from the gatekeeper during registration. The lesser value of the two is chosen. Role Active - The active gatekeeper. Backup - The backup gatekeeper that can be used if the connection to the preferred gatekeeper fails.
PAGE 494
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 16-18 IP Network Services Properties – SIP Servers (Continued) 5 Field Description Status The connection state between the SIP Server and the Signaling Host. Not Available - No SIP server is available. Auto - Gets information from DHCP, if used. Click the ICE Servers tab.
PAGE 495
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-19 IP Network Services Properties – ICE Servers (Continued) Field Description Status 1/2/3/4 A status is displayed for each media card installed in the Collaboration Server: • Connection O.K.
PAGE 496
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Using IPv6 Networking Addresses for Collaboration Server Internal and External Entities IPv6 addresses can be assigned to both Collaboration Server (Internal) and External Entity addresses.
PAGE 497
Chapter 16-Network Services LAN Redundancy LAN Redundancy enables the redundant LAN port connection to automatically replace the failed port by using another physical connection and NIC (Network Interface Card). When a LAN port fails, IP network traffic failure is averted and network or endpoints disconnections do not occur. When LAN cables are connected to both LAN 1 and LAN 2 ports, the RMX automatically selects which port is active and which is redundant.
PAGE 498
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • LAN 1 port can be used to define a second Network Service or for LAN Redundancy Redundant ports LAN 1 LAN 2 Figure 16-1 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 - RTM IP 1500 on Rear Panel On the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 and RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000, the LAN 1 and LAN 2 port on the RTM LAN card can be used as redundant media ports.
PAGE 499
Chapter 16-Network Services Signaling and Management Redundancy RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 On the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500, for Signaling and Management Redundancy, the MNG port is redundant to the MNG B port and must have a LAN cable connected.
PAGE 500
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 16-21 RMX 1500 / 4000 - Signaling and Management Redundancy - System Flags Port Usage Flag / Value LAN_REDUNDANCY = YES MULTIPLE_SERVICES = YES LAN 2 / MNG B (RMX 1500) LAN 3 / MNG (RMX 1500) Management Management Hardware Monitor Indications When LAN Redundancy is enabled on the Collaboration Server, LAN 2 port is Active.
PAGE 501
Chapter 16-Network Services Network Traffic Control The Network Traffic Control mechanism controls the level of UDP packets generated by the system. It regulates a set of queuing systems and mechanisms by which UDP packets are received and “transmitted” to the network router. During a conference the MPMx cards occasionally blast-out UDP packets which can cause overloads on the network.
PAGE 502
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Network Port Usage The following table summarizes the port numbers and their usage in the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000: Table 16-23 Collaboration Server Network Port Usage Summary 16-42 Connection Type Port Number Protocol Description Configurable HTTP 80 TCP Management between the Collaboration Server and RP Collaboration Server Web Client.
PAGE 503
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-23 Collaboration Server Network Port Usage Summary (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Connection Type Port Number Protocol Description Configurable SIP server 5060 60000 UDP, TCP Connection to the SIP Server. Sometimes port 60000 is used when the system cannot reuse the TCP port. This port can be set in the Central signaling (CS) configuration file. Yes - in the IP service. Alternative SIP server 5060 60000 UDP, TCP Connection to the alternate SIP Server.
PAGE 504
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide ISDN/PSTN Network Services To enable ISDN and PSTN participants to connect to the MCU, an ISDN/PSTN Network Service must be defined. A maximum of two ISDN/PSTN Network Services, of the same Span Type (E1 or T1) can be defined for the Collaboration Server. Each Network Service can attach spans from either or both cards.
PAGE 505
Chapter 16-Network Services Adding/Modifying ISDN/PSTN Network Services The system administrator can use the RMX Management – ISDN/PSTN Network Services section of the RP Collaboration Server Web Client to add a second ISDN/PSTN Network Service or modify the first ISDN/PSTN Network Service. A new ISDN/PSTN Network Service can be defined even if no RTM ISDN card is installed in the system.
PAGE 506
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Fast Configuration Wizard sequence begins with the ISDN/PSTN dialog box: 3 Define the following parameters: Table 16-24 ISDN Service Settings Field Description Network Service Name Specify the service provider’s (carrier) name or any other name you choose, using up to 20 characters. The Network Service Name identifies the ISDN/PSTN Service to the system.
PAGE 507
Chapter 16-Network Services The PRI Settings dialog box is displayed: 5 Define the following parameters: Table 16-25 PRI Settings Polycom, Inc. Field Description Default Num Type Select the Default Num Type from the list. The Num Type defines how the system handles the dialing digits. For example, if you type eight dialing digits, the Num Type defines whether this number is national or international.
PAGE 508
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 16-25 PRI Settings (Continued) 6 Field Description Dial-out Prefix Enter the prefix that the PBX requires to dial out. Leave this field blank if a dial-out prefix is not required. The field can contain be empty (blank) or a numeric value between 0 and 9999. Default: Blank Click Next.
PAGE 509
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-26 Span Definition (Continued) Field Description Line Coding Select the PRI line coding method from the list. • For T1 spans, default is B8ZS. • Switch Type For E1 spans, default is HDB3. Select the brand and revision level of switch equipment installed in the service provider’s central office. • For T1 spans, default is AT&T 4ESS. • For E1 spans, default is EURO ISDN. Note: For T1 configurations in Taiwan, Framing must be set to ESF and Line Coding to B8ZS.
PAGE 510
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • • A range must include at least two dial-in numbers. A range cannot exceed 1000 numbers. 11 Click OK. The new range is added to the Dial-in Phone Numbers table. 12 Optional. Repeat steps 8 to 10 to define additional dial-in ranges. 13 Enter the MCU CLI (Calling Line Identification). In a dial-in connections, the MCU CLI indicates the MCU’s number dialed by the participant.
PAGE 511
Chapter 16-Network Services 16 Attach spans to existing Network Services, by marking the appropriate check boxes in the Attached field. Each ISDN/PSTN card can support 7 E1 or 9 T1 PRI lines. 17 Click Save & Close. Modifying an ISDN/PSTN Network Service To Modify an ISDN/PSTN Network Service: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click the ISDN/PSTN Network Services ( ) icon. 2 In the ISDN/PSTN Network Services list, double-click the ISDN or right-click the ISDN entry and select Properties.
PAGE 512
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — Spans • Attached All other ISDN Properties can only be modified only by deleting the ISDN/PSTN network service and creating a new PSTN service using the Fast Configuration Wizard. For more information, see "To Add an ISDN/PSTN Network Service:” on page 16-45.
PAGE 513
Chapter 16-Network Services Network Security System security can be enhanced by separating the Media, Signaling and Management Networks. RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 On the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 and RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000, Media, Signaling and Management Networks are physically separated to provide enhanced security.
PAGE 514
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The following figure shows the network topology with three different media and signaling networks and one Management network connected to the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000. Figure 16-5 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 - Multiple Network Topology Sample Guidelines • Multiple Services system mode is a purchasable option and it is enabled in the MCU license.
PAGE 515
Chapter 16-Network Services • Multiple Network Services are not supported with Microsoft ICE Environments in versions prior to Version 7.8. • Only IPv4 is supported for the definition of Multiple Network Services. • On the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500, up to two Network Services, one per LAN port, can be associated with each Media card.
PAGE 516
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • — Dial-out participant - according to the Network Service selected during the participant properties definition or during conference definition, according to the Network Service selected as default. Recording Links use the default Network Service to connect to conferences, therefore the recording system must be defined on the default network to enable the recording.
PAGE 517
Chapter 16-Network Services 2 — Modify the Management Network parameters on the USB Key. For more details see the RMX™ 1800 Getting Started Guide, "Modifying the Factory Default Management Network Settings on the USB Key” on page 2-6. Hardware Installation and Setup 3 — Mount the Collaboration Server in a rack. For more details see the RMX™ 1800 Getting Started Guide Getting Started Guide, "Hardware Installation and Setup” on page 2-6. — Connect the necessary cables.
PAGE 518
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5 Connect the additional network cables to the Collaboration Server and change existing connections to match the required configuration as described in the "RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Hardware Installation” on page 16-59. At this point, the Management Network can be modified to match the required local network settings.
PAGE 519
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-30 Network Equipment and Address Information per IP Network Service (Continued) Parameter Local Network Settings Note Gatekeeper IP address (optional) DNS IP address (optional) Only one DNS can be defined for the entire Network topology SIP Server IP address (optional) RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Hardware Installation When connecting the LAN cables of the various networks to the Collaboration Server it is recommended to use a color system to differenti
PAGE 520
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Connecting the cables to the RTM LAN: Table 16-32 LAN Connections to the RTM LAN RTM LAN Port Description LAN 1 Signaling and Media - additional (second) Network Service LAN 2 Signaling and Media - existing (first) Network Service Figure 16-6 shows the cables connected to the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 rear panel, when one RTM ISDN and three RTM LAN cards are installed providing IP and ISDN connectivity.
PAGE 521
Chapter 16-Network Services RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 Multiple Services Configuration Connecting the cables to the RTM IP: The following cables are connected to the RTM IP on the rear panel of the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000: Table 16-33 LAN Connections to the RTM IP RTM IP Port Description LAN 1 – LAN 2 Management LAN 3 Modem Connecting the cables to the RTM LAN: If RTM LAN or RTM ISDN cards are not installed on the Collaboration Server, they must be installed
PAGE 522
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Multiple Services Configuration Connecting the cables to the RTM IP 1500: The following cables are connected to the RTM IP on the rear panel of the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500: Table 16-35 LAN Connections to the RTM IP RTM IP Port Description LAN 1 Media and signaling - additional (second) Network Service LAN 2 Media and signaling - existing (first) Network Servic
PAGE 523
Chapter 16-Network Services IP Network Service Definition Use this procedure to define Network Services in addition to the Network Service already defined during first entry installation and configuration. Each of the defined Network Service can be associated with one or more media cards installed in the system (depending on the system type). Once a media card is associated with a Network Service it cannot be associated with another network service.
PAGE 524
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 16-36 IP Network Service - IP Parameters Field Description Media Card 2 IP Address (RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000/ RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000) If only one network is connected to this media card, it is enough to assign one media card to this Network Service.
PAGE 525
Chapter 16-Network Services All the flags must be manually added to this dialog box. For a detailed description of the flags and how to add them, see "Manually Adding and Deleting System Flags” on page 22-19. Flags defined per Network Service override their general definition in the System Configuration. The following flags can be defined per service: — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 526
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 7 Click the DNS tab. 8 Modify the following fields: Table 16-37 Default Management Network Service – DNS Field Description Service Host Name Enter the host name of this network Service. Each Network Service must have a unique Host Name otherwise an error message is displayed. DNS Select: • Off – if no DNS server is used in this network. • Specify – to enter the IP address of the DNS server used by this network service.
PAGE 527
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-37 Default Management Network Service – DNS (Continued) 9 Field Description Register Host Names Automatically to DNS Servers Select this option to automatically register this Network Service Signaling Host with the DNS server. Local Domain Name Enter the name of the domain for this network service. DNS Server Address Enter the static IP address of the DNS server that is part of this network. Click the Gatekeeper tab.
PAGE 528
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The field definitions of the SIP Servers tab are the same as for the Default IP Network Service. For more information see the RealPresence Collaboration Server 800s Administrator’s Guide, "Click the SIP Servers tab.” on page 16-21. 15 Click the Security tab. The field definitions of the Security tab are the same as for the Default IP Network Service.
PAGE 529
Chapter 16-Network Services Table 16-39 Default IP Network Service Icons Icon Description This Network Service supports both SIP and H.323 connections and is designated as default for both SIP and H.323 connections. This Network Service supports both SIP and H.323 connections and is designated as default for H.323 connections. This Network Service supports both SIP and H.323 connections and is designated as default for SIP connections. This Network Service supports only H.
PAGE 530
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The registration is defined in the Conference Profile - Network Services tab. In the IP Network Services table, the system lists all the defined Network Services (one or several depending on the system configuration). 16-70 • To register the conferencing entity to which this profile is assigned to a Network Service, in the Registration column click the check box of that Network Service.
PAGE 531
Chapter 16-Network Services Gateway Profiles To enable the Collaboration Server to call the destination endpoint/MCU via IP connection, the Network Service for the call must be selected in the Gateway Profile dialog box. The Network Service set as default is used if no other Network Service is selected. If the same Network Service is used for H.323 and SIP calls, the Network Service Environment must include both H.323 and SIP settings.
PAGE 532
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Signaling Monitor The Signaling Monitor pane includes the list of the IP Network Services defined in the system (up to two in the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 and up to four in the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000). Double-clicking a Network Service, displays it properties and status.
PAGE 533
Chapter 16-Network Services Reserving Video Resources for a Conference When defining a new ongoing conference or a conference reservation, you can select the Network Service that will be used to reserve the required resources. If no Network Service is selected, the default Network Service is used. Therefore, make sure that not all conferences are reserving resources from the same Network Service, otherwise you may run out of resources for that Network Service.
PAGE 534
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Resource Report The Resource Report displays the resource usage in total and per Network Service in a table format. The Resources per Service table provides the actual information on resource usage and availability per network Service and provides an accurate snapshot of resources usage in the system. You can select the graph to display: select either Totals (default) or the Network Service.
PAGE 535
Chapter 16-Network Services NAT (Network Address Translation) Traversal NAT Traversal is a set of techniques enabling participants behind firewalls to connect to conferences, hosted on the Collaboration Server, remotely using the internet. Session Border Controller (SBC) All signaling and media for both SIP and H.323 will be routed through an SBC.
PAGE 536
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 16-40 Remote Connection (Continued) Enterprise Client CMA Client Environment Registered SBC SIP / H.323 No SAM Only  Registered Environment No H.
PAGE 537
Chapter 16-Network Services FW (Firewall) NAT Keep Alive The Collaboration Server can be configured to send a FW NAT keep alive message at specific Intervals for the RTP, UDP and BFCP channels. This is necessary because port mappings in the firewall are kept open only if there is network traffic in both directions. The firewall will only allow UDP packets into the network through ports that have been used to send packets out.
PAGE 538
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide SIP TCP Keep-Alive SIP TCP Keep Alive behavior is defined for each IP Network Service and can be modified by adding the following System Flags and modifying their values: • SIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE_TYPE • SIP_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_BEHAVIOR For a detailed description see the Ultra Secure Mode chapter, "System Flags SIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE_TYPE / BEHAVIOR” on page 23-18. 16-78 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 539
17 IVR Services Interactive Voice Response (IVR) is an application that allows participants to communicate with the conferencing system via their endpoint’s input device (such as a remote control). The IVR Service includes a set of voice prompts and a video slide used to automate the participants connection to a conference or Entry Queue. It allows customization of menu driven scripts and voice prompts to meet different needs and languages.
PAGE 540
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The list pane displays the Conference IVR Services list and the total number of IVR services currently defined in the system.
PAGE 541
Chapter 17-IVR Services Table 17-1 IVR Toolbar buttons Button Button Name Descriptions Add Supported Languages Adds languages to the IVR module, enabling you to download voice prompts and messages for various languages. Replace/Change Music File To replace the currently loaded music file that is used to play background music, the MCU is shipped with a default music file.
PAGE 542
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The New Language dialog box opens. 5 In the New Language box, enter the name of the new language. The language name can be typed in Unicode and cannot start with a digit. Maximum field length is 31 characters. 6 Click OK. The new language is added to the list of Supported Languages.
PAGE 543
Chapter 17-IVR Services Table 17-2 lists the Message Types for each category: Table 17-2 IVR Message Types by Message Category Polycom, Inc. Message Category Message Type Message Conference Password Request Conference Password Requests the participant to enter the conference password. Request Conference Password Retry A participant who enters an incorrect password is requested to enter it again. Request Digit Requests the participant to enter any digit in order to connect to the conference.
PAGE 544
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 8 Select the appropriate *.wav audio file, and then click the Open button. The name of the selected file is displayed in the Install field in the Install File dialog box. 9 Optional. You can play a .wav file by selecting the Play button ( ). 10 Click Yes to upload the file to the MCU. The system returns to the Add Message File dialog box. 11 Repeat step 6 to 10 for each additional audio file to be uploaded to the MCU.
PAGE 545
Chapter 17-IVR Services 2 Define the following parameters: Table 17-3 Conference IVR Service Properties - Global Parameters Polycom, Inc. Field/Option Description Conference IVR Service Name Enter the name of the Conference IVR Service. The maximum field length is 20 characters and may be typed in Unicode. Language For IVR Select the language of the audio messages and prompts from the list of languages defined in the Supported languages. The default language is English.
PAGE 546
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Click the Welcome tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Welcome dialog box opens. 4 Select the Enable Welcome Messages check box to define the system behavior when the participant enters the Conference IVR queue. When participants access a conference through an Entry Queue, they hear messages included in both the Entry Queue Service and Conference IVR Service.
PAGE 547
Chapter 17-IVR Services 7 Click the Conference Chairperson tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Conference Chairperson dialog box opens. 8 Select the Enable Chairperson Messages check box to enable the chairperson functionality. If this feature is disabled, participants are not able to connect as the chairperson. When both Conference Password and Chairperson Password options are enabled and defined, the system first plays the prompt "Enter conference password".
PAGE 548
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 10 Click the Conference Password tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Conference Password dialog box opens. 11 Select the Enable Password Messages check box to request the conference password before moving the participant from the conference IVR queue to the conference. When both Conference Password and Chairperson Password are enabled and defined, the system first plays the prompt "Enter conference password".
PAGE 549
Chapter 17-IVR Services 14 Click the General tab. The New Conference IVR Service - General dialog box opens. The General dialog box lists messages that are played during the conference. These messages are played when participants or the conference chairperson perform various operations or when a change occurs. 15 To assign the appropriate audio file to the message type, click the appropriate table entry, in the Message File column. A drop-down list is enabled.
PAGE 550
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 17-6 Conference IVR Service Properties - General Voice Messages (Continued) 17-12 Message Type Description Change Conference Password Requests the participant to enter a new conference password when the participant is attempting to modify the conference password. Change Password Failure A message played when the participant enters an invalid password, for example when a password is already in use.
PAGE 551
Chapter 17-IVR Services Table 17-6 Conference IVR Service Properties - General Voice Messages (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Message Type Description First to Join Informs the participant that he or she is the first person to join the conference. Incorrect Destination ID If the participant entered an incorrect conference ID (in gateway calls it is the destination number), requests the participant to enter the number again.
PAGE 552
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 17-6 Conference IVR Service Properties - General Voice Messages (Continued) Message Type Description Ringing Tone The tone that will be played to indicate that the system is calling the destination number. Note: This option is not available in SVC conferences and for SVC participants in mixed CP and SVC conferences. Self Mute A confirmation message that is played when participants request to mute their line.
PAGE 553
Chapter 17-IVR Services b Select Enable Tones to enable the Tone Notifications option. The dialog box changes to display the tone notification options and all Roll Call options are disabled. In such a case, skip to step 22. c Select None to disable the Roll Call and Tone Notifications features. If Enable Roll Call option is selected: 20 To assign the audio file to the message type, in the Message File column, click the appropriate table entry. An arrow appears in the Message File column.
PAGE 554
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide If Enable Tone Notifications option is selected: 22 Select the Entry Tone or Exit tone: a Click the appropriate table entry in the Message File column. A drop-down list is enabled. b From the list, select the audio file to be assigned to the event/indication. If the Tones option is enabled, you must assign the appropriate audio files to all notification types.
PAGE 555
Chapter 17-IVR Services 23 Click the Video Services tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Video Services dialog box opens. . The Click&View and Invite Participants features are disabled in SVC and mixed CP and SVC conferences. In addition to the low and high resolution slides included in the default slide set, customized low and high resolution slides are supported.
PAGE 556
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — If the uploaded slides are not of the exact SD or HD resolution, an error message is displayed and the slides are automatically cropped or enlarged to the right size. — If a slide that is selected in an IVR Service is deleted, a warning is displayed listing the IVR Services in which it is selected. If deleted, it will be replaced with a default Collaboration Server slide.
PAGE 557
Chapter 17-IVR Services Table 17-9 New Conference IVR Service Properties - Video Services Parameters (Continued) Video Services Description Dial out protocols order Select the order of the network protocols that will be used by the system to dial the destination number. The system will start dialing using the first protocol, and if the call is not answered it will continue with the second, third and fourth protocols (if they are enabled) until the call is answered. By default, H.
PAGE 558
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • This dialog box lists the default DTMF codes for the various functions that can be performed during the conference by all participants or by the chairperson. Table 17-10 New Conference IVR Service Properties - DTMF Codes 17-20 Operation DTMF String Permission Mute My Line *6 Everyone Unmute My Line #6 Everyone Increase Broadcast Volume Note: This option is not available for SVC participants.
PAGE 559
Chapter 17-IVR Services Table 17-10 New Conference IVR Service Properties - DTMF Codes Operation DTMF String Permission Decrease Listening Volume Note: This option is not available for SVC participants.
PAGE 560
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 28 Click the Operator Assistance tab. The Operator Assistance dialog box opens. The Operator Assistance option is disabled in SVC conferences. 29 Select Enable Operator Assistance to enable operator assistance when the participant requires or requests help during the connection process to the conference or during the conference.
PAGE 561
Chapter 17-IVR Services Entry Queue IVR Service An Entry Queue (EQ) is a routing lobby for conferences. Participants are routed to the appropriate conference according to the conference ID they enter. An Entry Queue IVR Service must be assigned to the Entry Queue to enable the voice prompts and video slide guiding the participants through the connection process. An Entry Queue IVR Service is a subset of an IVR Service.
PAGE 562
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 17-11 Entry Queue IVR Service Properties - Global Parameters (Continued) Option Description External Server Authentication This option is used for Ad Hoc conferencing, to verify the participant’s permission to initiate a new conference. For a detailed description see Appendix D: "Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication” on page D-1.
PAGE 563
Chapter 17-IVR Services 6 Click the Conference ID tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - Conference ID dialog box opens. 7 Select the voice messages: Table 17-12 Entry Queue IVR Service Properties - Conference ID Field/Option Description Request Conference ID Prompts the participant for the conference ID. Retry Conference ID When the participant entered an incorrect conference ID, requests the participant to enter the ID again.
PAGE 564
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The administrator can enable an audio message that informs the participant of the lack of Video Resources in the Collaboration Server and that he/she is being connected as Audio Only. The message states: All video resources are currently in use. Connecting using audio only. The following guidelines apply: — The IVR message applies to video participants only. Audio Only participants will not receive the message. — Only H.
PAGE 565
Chapter 17-IVR Services 14 If the video slide file was not uploaded to the MCU prior to the IVR Service definition, click the: — Add Slide - Low Resolution button to upload a Low Resolution Slide. — Add Slide - High Resolution button to upload a High Resolution Slide. The Install File dialog box opens. The uploading process is similar to the uploading of audio files. For more information, see step 6 on page 17-8. The video slide must be in a .jpg or .bmp file format.
PAGE 566
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Alternatively, in the IVR Services list, right-click the Conference IVR Service and then select Set Default Conference IVR Service. The IVR Service is displayed in bold, indicating that it is the current default service. To select the Default Entry Queue IVR Service: >> In the IVR Services list, select the Entry Queue IVR Service to be defined as the default, and then click Set Default Entry Queue IVR Service ( ) button.
PAGE 567
Chapter 17-IVR Services Modifying the Conference or Entry Queue IVR Service Properties You can modify the properties of an existing IVR Service, except the service name and language. To modify the properties of an IVR Service: 1 In the Collaboration Server Management pane, click IVR Services. Polycom, Inc. 2 In the IVR Services list, Click the IVR Service to modify. For more information about the tabs and options of this dialog box, see "Defining a New Conference IVR Service” on page 17-6.
PAGE 568
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Replacing the Music File The Collaboration Server is shipped with a default music file that is played when participants are placed on hold, for example, while waiting for the chairperson to connect to the conference (if the conference requires a chairperson), or when a single participant is connected to the conference. You can replace the default music file with your own recorded music.
PAGE 569
Chapter 17-IVR Services Creating Audio Prompts and Video Slides The Collaboration Server is shipped with default voice messages (in WAV format) and video slides that are used for the default IVR services. You can create your own video slides and record the voice messages for different languages or customize them to your needs. Recording an Audio Message To record audio messages, use any sound recording utility available in your computer or record them professionally in a recording studio.
PAGE 570
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Click the Convert Now button. The Sound Selection dialog box opens. 4 In the Format field, select PCM. 5 In the Attributes list, select 16.000 kHz, 16Bit, Mono. 6 To save this format, click the Save As button. The Save As dialog box opens. 7 Select the location where the format will reside, enter a name and then click OK. The system returns to the Sound Selection dialog box. 17-32 8 Click OK.
PAGE 571
Chapter 17-IVR Services To record a new audio message: Regardless of the recording utility you are using, verify that any new audio message recorded adheres to the following format settings: 16.000kHz, 16Bit, Mono. Make sure that a microphone or a sound input device is connected to your PC. 1 On your PC, click Start > Programs > Accessories > Entertainment > Sound Recorder. The Sound–Sound Recorder dialog box opens. 2 Click File > New. 3 Click the Record button. The system starts recording.
PAGE 572
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 9 Click OK. The system returns to the Save As dialog box. 10 In the Save in field, select the directory where the file will be stored. 11 In the Save as Type field, select the *.wav file format. 12 In the File name box, type a name for the message file, and then click the Save button. 13 To record additional messages, repeat steps 1 to 10. To upload your recorded *.wav file to the Collaboration Server, see step 6 on page 17-8.
PAGE 573
Chapter 17-IVR Services Inviting Participants using DTMF This feature is disabled in SVC conferences and for SVC participants in mixed CP and SVC conferences. A participant in a video or audio conference can invite another participant to the conference using the touch-tone DTMF numeric keypad on the participant’s endpoint.
PAGE 574
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • If the destination number is not entered in a specific amount of time (defined in Timeout for user input in the IVR Services - Global tab), the participant is prompted to enter a destination number again. Depending on the Number of user input retries as defined in the IVR Services - Global tab, the system will attempt to receive the required input.
PAGE 575
Chapter 17-IVR Services The Conference IVR Services - General tab is displayed. 3 In the Message File column of the Invite Participant entry, click the drop-down arrow and select the required voice message. The file Enter_Destination_Number.wav that is shipped with the system can be used for this message. To upload a new file, click the Add Message File. For more details, see the RealPresence Collaboration Server 800s Administrator’s Guide, "Creating Audio Prompts and Video Slides” on page 17-31.
PAGE 576
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5 Define the following parameters: Table 17-13 IVR Services Properties - Video Services Parameters - Invite Participants 6 Video Services Description Dial out protocols order Select the order of the network protocols that will be used by the system to dial the destination number.
PAGE 577
Chapter 17-IVR Services 8 If required, determine who can invite other participants to the conference using DTMF codes by changing the permissions to either Chairperson or Everyone. 9 Click OK. Disabling the Invite Participant Option To disable the Invite Participant option: 1 From the IVR Services - DTMF Codes tab, delete the DTMF digits from the DTMF Code column. 2 Click OK.
PAGE 578
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • In an mixed TIP environment, there is no support for content in cascaded conferences. Additionally, Legacy and Lync endpoints cannot view content. For more information, see Default IVR Prompts and Messages The system is shipped with the following audio prompts and messages: Table 17-14 Default IVR Messages Message Type Message Text When Played File Name General Welcome Message “Welcome to unified conferencing.
PAGE 579
Chapter 17-IVR Services Table 17-14 Default IVR Messages (Continued) Message Type Message Text When Played File Name Chairperson Exit “The chairperson has left the conference.” Note: The TERMINATE_CONF_AFTER_CHAIR_ DROPPED flag must be enabled to play this message. The chairperson has left the conference. Chairperson_Exit.wav First to Join “You are the first person to join the conference.” The first participant joins a conference First to Join.
PAGE 580
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 17-14 Default IVR Messages (Continued) Message Type Message Text When Played File Name Self Mute “You are now muted.” A participant mutes his or her audio Self_Mute.wav Self Unmute “You are no longer muted.” A participant unmutes his or her audio Self_Unmute.wav Chairperson Help Menu “The available touch-tone keypad actions are as follows: • To exit this menu press any key.
PAGE 581
Chapter 17-IVR Services Table 17-14 Default IVR Messages (Continued) Message Type Message Text When Played File Name Secured Conference “The conference is now secured.” A chairperson or participant secures a conference Conference_Secured.wav Unsecured Conference “The conference is now in an unsecured mode” A chairperson or participant unsecures a conference Conference_Unsecured.wav Locked Conference “Conference you are trying to join is locked” Conference_Locked.
PAGE 582
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Volume Control of IVR Messages, Roll Call and Music The volume of IVR music, and IVR messages and Roll Call is controlled by the following system flags: • IVR_MUSIC_VOLUME • IVR_MESSAGE_VOLUME • IVR_ROLL_CALL_VOLUME To control the volume of IVR music, Roll Call and messages: >> Modify the values of the System Flags listed in Table 17-15 by clicking the menu Setup > System Configuration.
PAGE 583
Chapter 17-IVR Services IVR Services in TIP-Enabled Conferences Conference IVR and Entry Queue/Virtual Entry IVR Services are supported with AVC TIP protocol in conferences that include both TIP-enabled and non-TIP-enabled endpoints. Service Provider IVR Services are also supported with TIP. When routing a call to the IVR Service, the DMA requires that a pre configured IVR service is created. The DMA must be configured to locate the IVR service on the DMA.
PAGE 584
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 17-46 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 585
18 The Call Detail Record (CDR) Utility The Call Detail Record (CDR) utility enables you to view summary information about conferences, and retrieve full conference information and archive it to a file. The file can be used to produce reports or can be exported to external billing programs. The value of the fields that support Unicode values, such as the info fields, will be stored in the CDR file in UTF8. The application that reads the CDR must support Unicode.
PAGE 586
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The following is a sample of an unformatted CDR file: Conference summary record Event code Event records Figure 18-1 Unformatted CDR File • Formatted text – Formatted CDR files contain multiple sections. The first section in each file contains general conference data. The remaining sections contain event data, one section for each event. Each field value is displayed in a separate line, together with its name.
PAGE 587
Chapter 18-The Call Detail Record (CDR) Utility Multi-Part CDR Files By default, the maximum CDR (Call Data Record) file size is limited to 1MB. When a CDR file reaches a size of 1MB the file is saved and further call data recording is stopped and the additional data is lost. The Collaboration Server can be configured to keep recording the data in multiple CDR file set of 1MB each. Multi-Part CDR ensures that conference call data from long duration or permanent conferences is recorded and not lost.
PAGE 588
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Viewing, Retrieving and Archiving Conference Information Viewing the Conference Records To open the CDR utility: • On the Collaboration Server Menu, click Administration > CDR. The CDR List pane opens, displaying a list of the conference CDR records stored in the MCU memory.
PAGE 589
Chapter 18-The Call Detail Record (CDR) Utility Table 18-1 Conference Record Fields (Continued) Field Description Status The conference status.
PAGE 590
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Refreshing the CDR List To refresh the CDR list: • Click the Refresh button, or right-click on any record and then select Refresh. Updated conference CDR records are retrieved from the MCU memory. Retrieving and Archiving Conference CDR Records To retrieve and archive CDR records: 1 To retrieve a single CDR record, right-click the record to retrieve and then select the required format (as detailed in Table 18-2).
PAGE 591
19 Gateway Calls Gateway calls are supported in AVC Conferencing Mode only. The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) can be used as a gateway that provides connectivity across different physical networks and translates multiple protocols for pointto-point rich media communications. The Collaboration Server supports the widest range of video and audio algorithms.
PAGE 592
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide ALWAYS_FORWARD_DTMF_IN_GW_SESSION_TO_ISDN System Flag to system.cfg and setting its value to YES. • Up to 80 gateway calls (same as conferences) may be run on a fully configured MCU. • Gateway Profiles are included in the Backup and Restore Configuration operations. • CDR files are generated for Gateway Sessions in the same way as for conferences. • Cascading.
PAGE 593
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Dialing from H.323 Endpoints Figure 19-1Dialing String and Call Flow from H.323 Endpoint to One, Two or Three Endpoints The calling endpoints can dial to one, two or several endpoints (up to ten) in one dialing string. The dialing string includes the following components: [MCU prefix in GK] - the prefix with which the Collaboration Server is registered to the gatekeeper.
PAGE 594
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Dialing from SIP Endpoints Figure 19-2Dialing String and Call Flow from SIP Endpoint to One, Two or Three Endpoints The calling endpoints can dial to one, two or several endpoints (up to ten) in one dialing string. The dialing string includes the following components: [MCU Prefix in SIP Proxy] - The prefix with which the Collaboration Server is registered to the SIP Proxy.
PAGE 595
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Optional: [MCU prefix in SIP Proxy][GW Profile ID]*[Destination Number, first participant]*[Destination Number, second participant]**[destination number]......*[Destination Number, tenth participant]@domain name For example, if the GW Profile ID is 2000, the domain name is service.polycom.com, and the destination number is 3456, enter: 2000*3456@service.polycom.com. If using the IP address of the Collaboration Server signaling host (for example, 172.22.188.
PAGE 596
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To enter an IP address as the destination number, replace the periods (.) with asterisks (*) in the format n*n*n*n followed by the # key. For example, if the IP address is 172.22.188.22, enter 172*22*188*22#. Dialing from SIP Endpoints Optional. [MCU prefix in SIP Proxy] - the prefix with which the Collaboration Server is registered to the gatekeeper.
PAGE 597
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls When the flag is set to NO (default), if the Gatekeeper is not functioning, the Collaboration Server dials to the endpoint using the endpoint’s IP address configured in the IP Address field of the New Participant/Participant Properties - General dialog box. IP Address field If no IP address is defined in the Participant Properties, the call will fail.
PAGE 598
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 19-2 GK_MANDATORY_FOR_CALLS_IN - System Flag (Continued) Flag Value YES Gatekeeper Available YES Results Dial-in call is connected using the Gatekeeper. Enabling or Disabling Direct IP Dialing The direct IP dialing is enabled by default.
PAGE 599
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls If the endpoint is busy, the system will not try to connect the endpoint using another protocol. If the call is not completed after trying all possible protocols, the system displays the number that was dialed on the calling endpoint’s screen and the reason for not completing the call. For details, see "Connection Indications” on page 19-22.
PAGE 600
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Calling an IP Endpoint via Gateway If the call destination is an IP endpoint, the endpoints must be registered to the same gatekeeper to which the Collaboration Server is registered.
PAGE 601
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls For more details on Dialing Rules definition in the CMA/DMA, see the Polycom CMA System Operations Guide, “Dial Rule Operations” or the Polycom DMA System Operations Guide, “Dial Rule Operations”. Gateway Redial or Redialing Gateway Calls Additional Redial options and IVR messages have been included for Gateway Calls to numbers that are wrong, adding functionality to the Collaboration Server’s Gateway capabilities when used in conjunction with communication servers (H.
PAGE 602
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • Redial on Wrong Number is activated if a Gateway Call fails, for all defined protocols, for any reason or combination of reasons listed in Table 19-3. Table 19-3 Call Failure Reasons - H.323, SIP, ISDN H.
PAGE 603
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Disconnect on No Answer In previous versions, if a call failed due to no answer at the destination, the call was disconnected with no notification. When using this version, if all retry attempts fail, the user receives the Disconnect on No Answer message in the form of Reorder Tone. The call is then disconnected. Disconnect on Wrong Number In previous versions, if a call failed due to no answer at the destination, the call was disconnected with no notification.
PAGE 604
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Configuring the Gateway Components on the Collaboration Server To enable gateway calls in the Collaboration Server, the following components have to be configured: • Conference IVR Service to be used with the Conference Profile assigned to the Gateway Profile. The IVR Services are used for Gateway IVR connections.
PAGE 605
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls The General dialog box lists messages that are played during the conference. These messages are played when participants or the conference chairperson perform various operations or when a change occurs. 7 To assign the appropriate audio file to the message type, click the appropriate table entry, in the Message File column. A drop-down list is enabled. For gateway redial, ensure that the audio files for the gateway redial messages have been assigned.
PAGE 606
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13 Define the following parameters: Table 19-5 New Conference IVR Service Properties - Video Services Parameters Video Services Description Click&View Select this option to enable endpoints to run the Click&View application that enables participants to select a video layout from their endpoint. Video Welcome Slide Select the video slide file to be displayed when participants connect to the conference.
PAGE 607
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Defining the Conference Profile for Gateway Calls The Conference Profile that will be later assigned to the Gateway Profile determine the parameters of the gateway call, such as the line rate and video resolution and if to automatically terminate the gateway session when one participant or no participants are connected to the Gateway Session. From Version 7.2, Gathering phase is not supported in gateway calls, even if it is defined in the Profile assigned to the Gateway Profile.
PAGE 608
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Defining the Gateway Profile A Gateway Profile is a conferencing entity, based on the Conference Profile assigned to it, that enables endpoints to dial-in and initiate Gateway Sessions. The system is shipped with a default Gateway Profile, named Default_GW_Session.
PAGE 609
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls 3 Define the following parameters: Table 19-6 New Gateway Profile Properties Option Description Display Name Enter a unique-per-MCU name for the Gateway Profile in native language character sets to be displayed in the RP Collaboration Server Web Client. The system automatically generates an ASCII name for the Display Name field that can be modified using Unicode encoding.
PAGE 610
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 19-6 New Gateway Profile Properties (Continued) 19-20 Option Description IP Network Service Select the IP Network Service to be used with this Gateway. If this is not selected the default IP Network Service will be used. Enable ISDN/PSTN Access Select this check box to allocate dial-in numbers for ISDN/PSTN connections.
PAGE 611
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Table 19-6 New Gateway Profile Properties (Continued) 4 Option Description Forward Prefix Enter the DMA prefix or the Collaboration Server prefix in the Gatekeeper for use in automatic dial string generation. This prefix replaces the digits that are truncated from the dial-in strings and to which the remaining dial in digits are appended to create the destination number. For example, if the DMA Prefix in the Gatekeeper is 26, enter this prefix in this field.
PAGE 612
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Monitoring Ongoing Gateway Sessions Ongoing Gateway Sessions that are created when calling the Gateway Profile, are listed in the ongoing Conferences list pane. Gateway Sessions are monitored in the same way as the conferences. For more details on monitoring conferences, see RealPresence Collaboration Server 800s Administrator’s Guide, "Conference Level Monitoring” on page 13-3.
PAGE 613
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls • Rejected - the far endpoint has rejected the call. In such a case, the system will try to connect using another communication protocol. • Unreached - the number could not be resolved by the gatekeeper or the SIP proxy or could not be found on the network. In such a case, the system will try to connect using another communication protocol. • Failed - any reason causing the system not to complete the connection process.
PAGE 614
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide When dialing to specific IP endpoints you can simplify the dialing process by creating the appropriate Meeting Room. If CMA is involved, dialing can be simplified even further by configuring the appropriate dialing Rule in the CMA/DMA.
PAGE 615
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls • ISDN/PSTN access is enabled and a dial-in number is assigned to the Meeting Room. • The dial-out IP endpoint is added to the Meeting Room’s Participants list. Dialing to Polycom® DMA™ 7000 Two dialing methods are available to ISDN/PSTN participants calling the DMA: Polycom, Inc. • Direct with automatically generated destination dial strings from dial-in strings. This option is available only from version 7.1 and only to Collaboration Server with MPM+ and MPMx cards.
PAGE 616
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide In addition, PSTN participants can dial the Gateway IVR and can use the MCU or DMA prefix in the gatekeeper together with the conference ID/endpoint alias as the destination string to simplify the input. This is one of the methods for PSTN participants to connect to a virtual Meeting Room on the DMA. For more details, see "PSTN Dial-in Using GK Prefix” on page 19-9.
PAGE 617
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls As part of this solution, the Collaboration Server acts as a gateway for the DMA that supports H.323 calls. The PSTN or ISDN endpoint dials the virtual Meeting Room on the DMA via the Gateway Profile on the Collaboration Server. Both the Collaboration Server and the DMA must be registered with the same gatekeeper.
PAGE 618
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Figure 20 Call Flow from ISDN Endpoint to Polycom DMA with Automatically Generated Forwarded Dial String Example: Figure 1 shows the call flow assuming the following parameters: First Dial-in Number 5705550 Last Dial-in Number 5705560 Use Dial-in Numbers as Destination ID Selected PSTN participant dials (212)5705555 Destination Prefix (DMA Gatekeeper) 26 Number of Rightmost Digits to Append 4 DMA Meeting Room ID 5555
PAGE 619
Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Table 19-7 summarizes the PSTN participant’s DTMF input depending on the flag value. Table 19-7 PSTN Participant input via DTMF FLAG: USE_GK_PREFIX_FOR_PSTN_CALLS= Configuration NO Standalone Collaboration Server Conference ID= 1234 PSTN participant enters: 1234#.
PAGE 620
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-30 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 621
20 RMX Manager Application The RMX Manager is the Windows version of theCollaboration Server Web Client. It can be used instead of theCollaboration Server Web Client for routine Collaboration Server management and for Collaboration Server management via a modem connection.For more information on using the RMX Manager via a modem connection, see "Configuring Direct Connections to the Collaboration Server” on page G-1. Modem connection is not supported when the Collaboration Server is in Ultra Secure Mode.
PAGE 622
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Accessing the RMX Manager Directly To access the RMX Manager directly: >> Start Internet Explorer and in your browser enter: http:///RMXManager.html. For example, if the Collaboration Server IP address is 10.226.10.46, enter in the browser the following address: http://10.226.10.46/RMXManager.html.
PAGE 623
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application The Login screen is displayed. There is a link to the RMX Manager Installer at the top of the right edge of the screen. Link to RMX Manager Installer 1 Click the Install RMX Manager link. The installer verifies the application’s requirements on the workstation. The Install dialog box is displayed. 2 Polycom, Inc. Click Install.
PAGE 624
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The installation proceeds. The installation completes, the application loads and the RMX Manager - MCUs screen is displayed. MCUs Toolbar MCUs Pane The first time you start the RMX Manager application, the MCUs pane is empty. Starting the RMX Manager Application Once installed, the RMX Manager can be run using the http:// (non-secured) or https:// (secured) command in the browser’s address line or the Windows Start menu.
PAGE 625
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application The MCUs screen is displayed, listing the MCUs currently defined in the RMX Manager. This screen enables you to add additional MCUs or connect to any of the MCUs listed. For details on adding MCUs, see “Adding MCUs to the MCUs List” on page 13. For each listed MCU, the system displays the following information: — MCU Display Name (as defined in the Add MCU dialog box).
PAGE 626
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To connect the RMX Manager to an MCU: 1 In the MCUs pane or screen, use one of the following methods: a Double-click the MCU icon. b Select the Collaboration Server to connect and click the Connect MCU c Right-click the MCU icon and then click Connect MCU. button.
PAGE 627
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application If the Username and Password are missing from the MCU parameters, or if the Remember Me check box has been cleared, the Connect dialog box opens. 2 In the Username field, enter the user name with which you will login to the MCU. 3 In the Password field, enter the password as defined for the user name with which you will login to the MCU.
PAGE 628
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide RMX Manager Main Screen The RMX Manager Main Screen is displayed only when at least one MCU is connected. This screen is similar to theRealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Web Client Main Screen with the addition of the MCUs pane. As in the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Web Client, the panes are displayed according to the Authorization Level of the logged in User. The MCUs pane is displayed to all users.
PAGE 629
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application For each listed MCU, the system displays the following information: • MCU Display Name - the name of the MCU and its icon according to its type and connection status. The following icons are available: Table 20-1 MCU Icons and Statuses Icon Description RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500, disconnected. RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500, connected. RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000, disconnected.
PAGE 630
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide MCUs Toolbar The MCUs toolbar contains the following buttons: Add MCU Connect MCU Export Configuration Disconnect MCU Import Configuration Delete MCU MCU Properties Conferences Pane The Conferences pane lists all the ongoing conferences from all the MCUs that are connected and monitored along with their MCU, Status, Conference ID, Start Time and End Time data.
PAGE 631
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application The Collaboration Server Management pane is divided into two sections: • Frequently Used – parameters often configured monitored or modified. • Rarely Used – parameters configured during initial system set-up and rarely modified afterward. List Pane The List pane displays details of the participants connected to the conferences selected in the Conferences pane or the item selected in Collaboration Server Management pane.
PAGE 632
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Participant Alerts pane is opened and closed by clicking the Participant Alerts button in the left corner of the Status Bar. Port Usage Gauges The Port Usage gauges display for the selected MCU: • The total number of Video or Voice ports in the system according to the Video/Voice Port Configuration.
PAGE 633
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application Adding MCUs to the MCUs List The RMX Manager can connect to one or several Collaboration Servers simultaneously. If the site’s configuration includes more than one MCU, or when a new MCU is added to your configuration, and you want to monitor and control all MCUs from within the same window, you must add the MCU to the MCUs list.
PAGE 634
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 21 MCU Properties (Continued) Field Description Password Enter the password as defined for the user name with which you will login to the MCU. The system is shipped with a default User whose password is POLYCOM. Secure Mode Optional. Select this check box to connect to the Collaboration Server with SSL and work in Secure Mode.
PAGE 635
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application • — A Meeting Room is a conference that is saved on the MCU. It remains in passive mode until it is activated by the first participant, or the meeting organizer dialing in. For more information about Meeting Rooms, see "Meeting Rooms” on page 6-1. Dialing in to an Ad Hoc Entry Queue defined on one of the MCUs which is used as the access point to the MCU. For a detailed description of Ad Hoc Entry Queues, see "Entry Queues” on page 7-1.
PAGE 636
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide If you are the meeting chairperson or organizer using the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Web Client to start your own meeting, you need to communicate the default conference ID (or the one you created) to the other conference participants so they can dial in. You can use the New Conference - General dialog box to modify the conference parameters.
PAGE 637
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application Starting an Ongoing Conference or Reservation From a Template An ongoing conference or a Reservation can be started from any Conference Template saved in the Conference Templates list of the selected MCU. To start an ongoing conference or a reservation from a Template: 1 In the MCUs pane, select the MCU to run the conference. 1 In the Conference Templates list, select the Template you want to start as an ongoing conference.
PAGE 638
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide By default, the participants are grouped by conferences, and the name of the MCU is displayed in the first column of the properties table, enabling sorting according to MCU name. Conferences selected for monitoring MCU Name. can be used for sorting by clicking on the column heading Group by Conference Grouping the Participants by MCU The Participants can be grouped by MCU and then by conferences.
PAGE 639
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application The Participants pane display changes accordingly. Group by MCU Group by Conference To toggle between the two display modes, click View > Group by MCU. Start Monitoring/Stop Monitoring By default, all conferences running on connected Collaboration Servers are monitored. You can stop the automatic monitoring of conferences on a specific MCU in one of the following methods: • By clearing the check box in the Monitored column in the MCUs pane.
PAGE 640
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To start monitoring again, click the check box in the Monitored column in the MCUs pane, or right-clicking the MCU icon and selecting Start Monitoring. Modifying the MCU Properties You can view the currently defined MCU settings, and modify them when required, for example, change the MCU name, IP address or Secured mode.
PAGE 641
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application b Right-click the MCU icon and then click Disconnect MCU. The MCU icon changes to disconnected and any ongoing conference running on that MCU will not be monitored in this RMX Manager; they are removed from the Conferences pane. This MCU can still be monitored and controlled by other users. Removing an MCU from the MCUs Pane An MCU can be removed from the RMX Manager. This function should be used if the MCU hardware was disconnected and removed from the network.
PAGE 642
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Multilingual Settings dialog box opens, displaying the current language selection. 2 Click the check box of the required language. Only one language can be selected. 3 Click OK. 4 Restart the RMX Manager application to implement the language change.
PAGE 643
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application 2 Click the Browse button to select the location of the save file, or enter the required path in the Export Path box. The selected file path is displayed in the Export Path box. 3 Click OK to export the RMX Manager configuration. To Import the RMX Manager Configuration: 1 In the Multi-RMX Manager, click the Import RMX Manager Configuration button in the toolbar, or right-click anywhere in the MCUs pane and then click Import RMX Manager Configuration.
PAGE 644
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Installing RMX Manager for Secure Communication Mode The RMX Manager cannot be downloaded from a site, operating in Secure Communication Mode, without a valid TLS certificate. The following procedure describes how to obtain a TLS certificate and download the RMX Manager from a site operating in Secure Communication Mode.
PAGE 645
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application The Security tab is displayed. d 2 Clear the Secured Communication check box. Click the DNS tab. MCU Host Name Local Domain Name 3 Enter the Local Domain Name. The Local Domain Name must be the same as the MCU Host Name. If the content of these two fields are not identical an active alarm is created. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 646
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4 Create a Certificate Request. For more information, see "Purchasing and Installing a Certificate” on page F-3. Certificates can also be created and issued using an Internal Certificate Authority. For more information see "Using an Internal Certificate Authority” on page 20-28. 5 Install the certificate. For more information, see Appendix F, "Purchasing and Installing a Certificate” on page F-3.
PAGE 647
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application The Management Network Properties dialog box is displayed. c Click on the Security tab. The Security tab is displayed. Polycom, Inc. d Select the Secured Communication check box. e Click OK.
PAGE 648
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 7 Reset the Collaboration Server: a In the RMX Management pane, click the Hardware Monitor button. The Hardware Monitor pane is displayed. b 8 Click the Reset ( ) button. Install the RMX Manager. For more information see "Installing the RMX Manager” on page 20-2.
PAGE 649
Chapter 20-RMX Manager Application The Certificate Export Wizard is displayed. 5 Click the Next button. The Export File Format dialog box is displayed. Polycom, Inc. 6 Select Base-64 encoded X.509 (.CER). 7 Click the Next button.
PAGE 650
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The File to Export dialog box is displayed. 8 In the File Name field, enter the file name for the exported certificate. 9 Click the Next button. The final Certificate Export Wizard dialog box is displayed. 10 Click the Finish button. The successful export message is displayed. 11 Click the OK button. 20-30 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 651
21 Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities System and Participant Alerts The MCU alerts users to any faults or errors the MCU encountered during operation. Two indication bars labeled System Alerts and Participant Alerts signal users of system errors by blinking red in the event of an alert. System Alerts indication bar Participant Alerts indication bar The System Alerts indication bar blinks red prompting the user to view the active alarms.
PAGE 652
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide System Alerts System Alerts are activated when the system encounters errors such as a general or card error. The system errors are recorded by the Collaboration Server and can be generated into a report that can be saved in *.txt format. To view the System Alerts list: 1 Click the red blinking System Alerts indication bar. The Active Alarms pane opens. This screen indicates what events have not been resolved.
PAGE 653
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Table 21-1 Active Alarms Pane Columns (Continued) Field Description Code Indicates the problem, as indicated by the error category. Process Name Lists the type of functional process involved. Description When applicable, displays a more detailed explanation of the cause of the problem. For more information about the Active Alarms, see Appendix B: "Active Alarms” on page B-1.
PAGE 654
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Participant Alerts pane opens. The Participant Alerts pane displays similar properties to that of the Participant List pane. For more information, see the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide, "Participant Level Monitoring” on page 3-49.
PAGE 655
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities 2 View or modify the following fields: Table 21-2 RMX Time – Fields Properties Field Description GMT Date The date at Greenwich, UK. Local Time The MCU’s local time settings, are calculated from the GMT Time and the GMT Offset. GMT Time The MCU’s current GMT Time settings. Select the Up or Down arrows to alter the GMT Time on the MCU.
PAGE 656
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 can support three card types: MPM, MPM+ and MPMx. The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 supports only: MPM+ and MPMx cards. From Version 7.1 MPM media cards are not supported. The numbers in Table 21-3 are for MPM card assemblies with maximum resource capacities. From Version 8.1 MPM+ media cards are not supported.
PAGE 657
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Table 21-4 Resource Capacities for Full Capacity RMX per Line Rate in VSW (Continued) Maximum Possible Resources (CIF Video Resources) Resource Type RMX 1500 RMX 2000 MPMx MPM RMX 4000 MPM+ MPMx MPM+ MPMx Voice (PSTN) 120 400 400 400 400 400 VSW 2Mb 80 80 160 160 320 320 VSW 4Mb 40 40 80 80 160 160 VSW 6Mb 20 Not Applicable 40 40 80 80 • MCU’s with 500MB of memory can support a maximum of 400 simultaneous part
PAGE 658
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Only and video connection type in advance. This mode is available only in MPM+ and MPMx Card Configuration Modes. From Version 8.1, Fixed Resource Capacity Mode is not supported. Only the Flexible Resource Capacity Mode is supported. In Fixed Resource Capacity mode, the maximum number of resources is based on the system license and the hardware configuration of the RMX.
PAGE 659
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Table 21-7 AVC Video Resource Usage vs. Resolution (MPM, MPM+, MPMx) Video Resources Used (in CIF video Resources) Resolution/fps MPM MPM+ MPMx CIF/30 QCIF/30 1 (H.264)/ 1.5 (H.261/H.263) 1 1 2 2.66 2 2 2.66 3 (H.263 only) SIF/30 WCIF/25 WSIF/30 432X336/30 SD/15 WSD/15 4CIF/15 WSD/30 4CIF/30 4SIF/30 WVGA/30 WVGA/25 4 2.66 1.5 480X352/30 SD/30 WSD/60 HD720p/30 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 660
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 21-7 AVC Video Resource Usage vs. Resolution (MPM, MPM+, MPMx) (Continued) Video Resources Used (in CIF video Resources) Resolution/fps MPM MPM+ MPMx CIF/60 SIF/60 WSIF/60 WCIF/60 2.66 1.5 4 3 8 6 432X336/60 480X352/60 WSD/50 Not Supported 4CIF/50 4SIF/60 WVGA/60 WVGA/50 HD720p/60 HD1080p25/30 AVC Conferencing - Video Switching During a Video Switching conference, each endpoint uses one video (CIF) port.
PAGE 661
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Video/Voice Port Configuration From Version 8.1, Fixed Resource Capacity mode is disabled and cannot be selected in the Video/ Voice Port Configuration. If Fixed Resource Capacity mode is being used at the time of the upgrade, Flexible Resource Capacity mode will automatically be used. The settings from the last time Flexible Resource Capacity mode was used on the RealPresence Collaboration Server will be implemented when the upgrade is complete.
PAGE 662
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Example: In a system that has 10 SD ports allocated and in use, If another SD endpoint (11th) attempts to connect, the system first tries to allocate resources to the SD endpoint first from HD720 and then from HD1080 resources. If HD resources are allocated to an SD endpoint, HD endpoints may experience a resource deficiency when trying to connect and may not be connected at HD resolution.
PAGE 663
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Mode. The minimum number of voice ports that can be allocated is 10 (2 video ports x 5 voice ports per video port) in MPM and MPM+ Card configuration Modes and 12 (3 video ports x 4 voice ports per video port) in MPMx Card configuration Mode. 3 Click OK. Configuring the Video/Voice Resources in MPM+ and MPMx Mode • Resource re-configuration should only be performed when no conferences are running on the MCU.
PAGE 664
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 1 Optional (otherwise skip to step 2): If the MCU is not in Fixed Capacity Mode. a In the MCU menu, click Setup > Video/Voice Port Configuration. The Video/Voice Port Configuration dialog box opens. b In the Resource Capacity Mode box, click Fixed. Capacity Mode Radio Buttons c 2 Click OK. In the RMX menu, click Setup > Video/Voice Port Configuration. The Video/Voice Port Configuration dialog box opens.
PAGE 665
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Full Capacity RMX per Resolution in CP,” on page 21-6. The Max Resolution setting of the Resolution Configuration dialog box does not affect resource allocation. Example: If it is set to SD30, the HD 1080p slider is still displayed and HD 1080 resources can be allocated. However, HD 1080 participants will connect at SD30 resolution.
PAGE 666
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5 Optional. Repeat this procedure from Step 2 to further optimize the resource allocation. Un-allocated resources cannot be used by any participants. If after recalculating the resources the system determines that there are insufficient resources to support the configuration indicated by the sliders: — A major System Alert is raised with Insufficient resources in its Description field.
PAGE 667
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities — VSX nnnn where nnnn represents the model number for example, VSX 8000. You can define several endpoint types, listing them one after the other separated by semicolon (;). For example, CMA Desktop;VSX 8000. 5 Click OK. The new flag is added to the flags list. Reset the MCU for changes to take effect.
PAGE 668
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide For each resource type, the Resource Report includes the following columns: Table 21-8 Resource Report Fields Parameters Column Description Type The type of audio/video resources available. This applies to both AVC and SVC-based endpoints (and resources). Occupied The number of MCU resources that are used by connected AVC and SVC-based participants or reserved for defined participants.
PAGE 669
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities The Resource Report is displayed as follows: Video Resources Free (%) Video Resources Occupied (%) Actual Number of Occupied and Free Audio and Video Resources In Flexible Resource Capacity Mode, resource usage is displayed for Voice and Video resources only, where the number of video resources is represented in the equivalent of HD720p30 resources. The number represents a pool of both AVC and SVC resources.
PAGE 670
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide In Fixed Resource Capacity Mode, each resource type (Audio, CIF, SD, HD 720p and HD 1080p) is displayed as a bar of the graph, indicating the percentage of occupied and free resources for each resource type. The data is also displayed as a Resources table indicating the actual number of resources occupied and free for each resource type along with a total number of each resource type.
PAGE 671
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities When the Collaboration Server is reporting the available capacity, it will appropriately round up the remaining capacity to the nearest whole value of available ports. For example, one SVC endpoint in a conference is equal to 1/3 of the resource value. The resource report displays this as one full resource used. Two SVC endpoints is equal to 2/3 of the resource value.
PAGE 672
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The following diagram displays the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Resource Report, displaying a resource graph that indicates the number of voice and video ports that are available or occupied in the MCU. ISDN/PSTN The RMX 1500 supports one ISDN card with 4 E1/T1 PRI lines. On the RMX 2000/4000 a maximum of two RTM ISDN cards are supported, each providing connection for up to either 7 E1 or 9 T1 PRI lines.
PAGE 673
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities MCU Resource Management by RealPresence Resource Manager (XMA), Polycom CMA and Polycom DMA When the RealPresence Resource Manager (XMA), Polycom CMA and Polycom DMA are part of the solution, following a request by the RealPresence Resource Manager (XMA), Polycom CMA or Polycom DMA, the MCU will send updates on resource usage to both CMA and DMA, with each application updating its own resource usage for the MCU.
PAGE 674
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Setting the Port Usage Threshold To Set the Port Usage Threshold: 1 In the Setup menu, click Port Gauge to open the Port Gauge dialog box. Usage Threshold Status Bar 2 Enter the value for the percentage capacity usage threshold. The value is applied to the Audio and video resources according to the Video/Voice Port Configuration.
PAGE 675
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities When the flag is set to YES, the system will allow SIP audio endpoints to connect to the MCU until the Port Usage threshold is reached. Once this threshold is exceeded, the SIP audio endpoints will not be able to connect, ensuring that the remaining system resources can be used by all other connections, including SIP video H.323 cascaded links and ISDN video.
PAGE 676
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • The High Port Usage threshold. Total Allocated Video Ports In System Video Ports In Use Video Port Usage Indicator Total Allocated Audio Ports In System Audio Ports In Use Audio Port Usage Indicator Audio and Video Port Usage Threshold The basic unit used for reporting resource usage in the Port Gauges is HD720p30. Results are rounded to the nearest integer.
PAGE 677
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities System Information System Information includes License Information, and general system information, such as system memory size and Media Card Configuration Mode. To view the System Information properties box: >> On theCollaboration Server menu, click Administration > System Information. The System Information properties box is displayed.
PAGE 678
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 21-12 System Information (Continued) Field Description Total Number of Event Mode Resources Displays the number of video/voice participants licensed for a system in Event Mode Licensing. It also determines the conference type that is available on the system. 0 - indicates that this Licensing mode is disabled for this system. RMX Version Displays the System Software Version of the RMX.
PAGE 679
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Table 21-12 System Information (Continued) Field Description Card Configuration Mode Indicates the MCU configuration as derived from the installed media cards: • MPM: Only MPM cards are supported. MPM+ and MPMx cards in the system are disabled. It is the mode used in previous RMX versions. From Version 7.1, MPM media cards are not supported. • MPM+: Only MPM+ cards are supported. MPM and MPMx cards in the system are disabled.
PAGE 680
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) SNMP enables managing and monitoring of the MCU status by external managing systems, such as HP OpenView or through web applications. The Collaboration Server’s implementation of SNMPv3 is FIPS 140 compliant. MIBs (Management Information Base) MIBs are a collection of definitions, which define the properties of the managed object within the device to be managed.
PAGE 681
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Support for MIB-II Sections The following table details the MIB-II sections that are supported: Table 21-13 Supported MIB-II Sections Section Object Identifier system mib-2 1 interfaces mib-2 2 ip mib-2 4 The Alarm-MIB MIB used to send alarms. When a trap is sent, the Alarm-MIB is used to send it. H.341-MIB (H.341 – H.323) • Gives the address of the gatekeeper. • Supports H.341-MIB of SNMP events of H.323.
PAGE 682
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 21-14 Standard MIBs MIB Name Description MP-MIB (H323-MP.MIB) Used to identify objects defined for an H.323 Multipoint Processor, and consists of two groups: Configuration and Conference. The Configuration group is used to identify audio/video mix configuration counts. The Conference group describes the audio and video multiprocessing operation. MIB-II/RFC1213-MIB (RFC1213.
PAGE 683
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Table 21-15 Unified MIB SNMP Fields (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Name Type Description ServiceH323 Integer Indicates the status of H.323 capabilities: 1 - The service is enabled and operational. 2 - The service is enabled but is not operational. 3 - The service is disabled. ServiceSIP Integer Indicates the status of SIP capabilities: 1 - The service is enabled and operational. 2 - The service is enabled but is not operational.
PAGE 684
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Traps Three types of traps are sent as follows: 1 ColdStart trap. This is a standard trap which is sent when the MCU is reset. coldStart notification received from: 172.22.189.154 at 5/20/ 2007 7:03:12 PM Time stamp: 0 days 00h:00m:00s.00th Agent address: 172.22.189.154 Port: 32774 Transport: IP/UDP Protocol: SNMPv2c Notification Manager address: 172.22.172.34 Port: 162 Transport: IP/UDP Community: public Enterprise: enterprises.
PAGE 685
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities 3 Alarm Fault trap. The third trap type is a family of traps defined in the POLYCOMRMX-MIB file, these traps are associated with the Collaboration Server active alarm and clearance (proprietary SNMP trap). rmxFailedConfigUserListInLinuxAlarmFault notification received from: 172.22.189.154 at 5/20/2007 7:04:22 PM Time stamp: 0 days 00h:01m:11s.71th Agent address: 172.22.189.
PAGE 686
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 21-16 SNMP MIB entities that do not generate traps (Continued) 21-36 Key Description Comment 5016 Process idle 5107 Failed to open Apache server configuration file 5108 Failed to save Apache server configuration file 5110 A private version is loaded 5111 NTP synchronization failure 5112 Invalid date and time 5116 Incorrect Ethernet Settings 5117 Smart Report found errors on hard disk 5118 Invalid MCU Ve
PAGE 687
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Table 21-16 SNMP MIB entities that do not generate traps (Continued) Key Description Comment 5001 License not found Not in use (Product activation failure is trapped) Defining the SNMP Parameters in the Collaboration Server The SNMP option is enabled via the Collaboration Server Web Client application.
PAGE 688
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5 Click OK. The path of the selected directory is displayed in the Retrieve MIB Files dialog box. 6 Click the Save button. The MIB files are saved to the selected directory. 7 Click Close to exit the Retrieve MIB Files dialog box. 8 In the Agent dialog box, define the parameters that allow the SNMP Management System and its user to easily identify the MCU.
PAGE 689
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities 10 Define the following parameters: Table 21-18 SNMPv3 - Traps Field Description SNMP Trap Version Specifies the version, either Version 1 2 or 3 of the traps being sent to the IP Host. Polycom software supports the standard SNMP version 1 and 2 traps, which are taken from RFC 1215, convention for defining traps for use with SNMP. Note: The SNMP Trap Version parameters must be defined identically in the external SNMP application.
PAGE 690
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Depending on the SNMP Trap Version selected, one of the two following New Trap Destination dialog boxes opens. Trap Version 1 ,2 Trap Version 3 12 Define the following parameters: Table 21-19 SNMPv3 - Traps 21-40 Field Description IP Address Enter the IP address of the SNMP trap recipient. Enable Trap Inform An Inform is a Trap that requires receipt confirmation from the entity receiving the Trap.
PAGE 691
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Table 21-19 SNMPv3 - Traps (Continued) Field Description User Name Enter the name of the user who is to have access to the trap. Engine ID Enter an Engine ID to be used for the Trap. This field is enabled when the Enable Trap Inform check box is selected. If the Enable Trap Inform check box is cleared the Engine ID of the Agent is used. The Engine ID is comprised of up to 64 Hexadecimal characters.
PAGE 692
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Collaboration Server-SNMP Properties – Security dialog box opens. Version 3 Versions 1 & 2 This dialog box is used to define whether the query sent to the MCU is sent from an authorized source. When the “Accept SNMP packets from all Hosts” is disabled, a valid query must contain the appropriate community string and must be sent from one of the Manager terminals whose IP address is listed in this dialog box.
PAGE 693
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities 15 Define the following parameters: Table 21-20 SNMP - Security Field Description Send Authentication Trap Select this check box to send a message to the SNMP Manager when an unauthorized query is sent to the MCU. When cleared, no indication will be sent to the SNMP Manager. Accept Host Community Name Enter the string added to queries that are sent from the SNMP Manager to indicate that they were sent from an authorized source.
PAGE 694
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Accepted Host IP Address dialog box opens. 17 Enter the IP Address of the Manager terminal from which valid queries may be sent to the MCU, and then click OK. Click the Add button to define additional IP Addresses. The IP Address or Addresses are displayed in the Accept SNMP Packets from These Hosts box.
PAGE 695
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities • Recording Link • Profiles • IP Network Settings: — — — — — H.323 settings SIP settings DNS settings Fix Ports (TCP, UDP) settings QoS settings Guidelines Polycom, Inc. • Both Master and Slave MCUs must have the same software version installed. • The Users list and Passwords must be the same on both the Master and Slave MCUs.
PAGE 696
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Enabling Hot Backup To enable Hot Backup: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu, click Setup > Hot Backup. The Collaboration Server Hot Backup dialog box is displayed. 2 Complete or modify the following fields: Table 21-21 Hot Backup Field Description Hot Backup Enabled Select this check box to enable Hot Backup. MCU Role: This setting determines the role of the MCU in the Hot Backup configuration.
PAGE 697
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Using Hot Backup Triggers Hot Backup is initiated by the slave MCU on detection of no response from the master MCU on a “Keep Alive” operation. The Hot Backup triggers initiates the Hot Backup swap from Master to Slave when the selected conditions on the Master MCU occur. Guidelines • Hot Backup triggers should be configured on both the Master and Slave MCUs. • Hot Backup triggers are not synchronized between the Master and Slave MCUs.
PAGE 698
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide A dialog box opens with a list of event triggers displayed. 2 Select the appropriate Hot Backup Triggers check boxes: Table 21-22 Hot Backup Triggers 3 Hot Backup Trigger Description Lost connection with management port Initiates the Hot Backup switch from the Master to the Slave MCU when the connection to the management port is lost on the Master MCU. This trigger is always set.
PAGE 699
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities 5 Click OK. Modifications to the Master MCU Requiring System Reset Modifications to the configuration of the Master MCU that require a System Reset cannot be performed while Hot Backup is enabled. To modify the Master MCU configuration: 1 Disable the Hot Backup on the Master and Slave MCUs. 2 Modify the Master MCUs configuration. 3 Reset the Master MCU. 4 When the reset is complete, enable Hot Backup on the Master and Slave MCUs.
PAGE 700
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 21-23 Audible Alarm Permissions Option Operator Stop Repeating Alarms  Administrator  Stop Repeating Message The Collaboration Server User can stop playing the audible alarm at any time. If more than one audible alarm has been activated, all activated alarms are immediately stopped. If after stopping the Audible Alarms a new Operator Assistance request event occurs, the audible alarm is re-activated.
PAGE 701
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities 2 Define the following parameters: Table 21-24 Audible Alarm - User Customization Options 3 Option Description Enable Audible Alarm Select this check box to enable the Audible Alarm feature and to define its properties. When this check box is cleared, the Audible Alarm functionality is disabled. Repeat Audible Alarm Select this check box to play the Audible Alarm repeatedly.
PAGE 702
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Open dialog box opens. 3 Select the appropriate *.wav file and then click the Open button. The selected file name is displayed in the Install Audible Alarm File dialog box. 4 Optional. You can play the selected file or the currently used file by clicking the Play ( ) button as follows: 5 a Click Play Selected File to play a file saved on your computer.
PAGE 703
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Multilingual Setting Each supported language is represented by a country flag in the Welcome Screen and can be selected as the language for the Collaboration Server Web Client. Customizing the Multilingual Setting The languages available for selection in the Login screen of the Collaboration Server Web Client can be modified using the Multilingual Setting option.
PAGE 704
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Banner Display and Customization The Login Screen and Main Screen of the Collaboration Server Web Client and the Collaboration Server Manager can display informative or warning text banners. These banners can include general information or they can be cautioning users to the terms and conditions under which they may log into and access the system, as required in many secured environments.
PAGE 705
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities • Any attempt to modify a non-modifiable banner results in it automatically being copied to the Custom banner. Non-Modifiable Banner Text Sample 1 Banner You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only.
PAGE 706
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide includes active attacks by authorized personnel and their entities to test or verify the security of the system. During monitoring, information may be examined, recorded, copied and used for authorized purposes. All information including personal information, placed on or sent over this system may be monitored. Use of this system, authorized or unauthorized, constitutes consent to monitoring of this system.
PAGE 707
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities 2 Customize the banners by modifying the following fields: Table 21-25 Banner Configuration Description Field Check Box Login Page Banner Main Page Banner 3 Polycom, Inc. Select or clear the check box to enable or disable the display of the banner. Note: Banner display cannot be disabled in when the ULTRA SECURE_MODE flag is set to YES.
PAGE 708
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Banner Display Login Screen Banner The Login screen banner can display any text, for example the terms and conditions for system usage. The default text is that required in Ultra Secure Mode.
PAGE 709
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Main Screen Banner The Main Screen banner is displayed at the bottom of the screen, as follows: Banner When the Collaboration Server is configured to work in Ultra Secure Mode, such as the Maximum Security environment, the display banner includes the following default text: THIS IS A DOD SYSTEM AND IS SUBJECT TO MONITORING, UNAUTHORIZED USE MAY SUBJECT YOU TO ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION OR CRIMINAL PROSECUTION AND PENALTIES.
PAGE 710
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • — Network and service configurations, — Rooms, — Profiles — Reservations — System Flags — Resource Allocation — IVR messages, music — Collaboration Server Web Client user setting - fonts, windows — Collaboration Server Web Client global settings – notes, address book, language — Private keys and certificates (TLS) — Conference participant settings — Operation DB (administrator list) — SNMP settings — Time configuration CDR file
PAGE 711
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities To download MCU software files: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu, click Administration > Software Management > Software Download. 2 Browse to the Install Path and then click Install. Ping Collaboration Server The Ping administration tool enables the Collaboration Server Signaling Host to test network connectivity by Pinging IP addresses. Guidelines • The IP addressing mode can be either IPv4 or IPv6.
PAGE 712
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — OK, or — FAILED Notification Settings The Collaboration Server can display notifications when: • A new Collaboration Server user connects to the MCU. • A new conference is started. • Not all defined participants are connected to the conference or when a single participant is connected. • A change in the MCU status occurs and an alarm is added to the alarm’s list.
PAGE 713
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Table 21-27 Notification Settings Parameters (Continued) Field Description New Conference Created New conference has been created. Conference Not Full The conference is not full and additional participants are defined for the conference. Welcome Message A welcome message after user/administrator logon. Active Alarms Update Updates you of any new alarm that occurred.
PAGE 714
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To access the Logger Diagnostic Files: >> On the Collaboration Server menu, click Administration > Tools > Logger Diagnostic Files. The following tasks can be performed: Table 21-28 Diagnostic File Button Options Button Description Refresh List Refreshes the list and adds newly generated logger files. Select All Selects all the logger files listed. Browse Selects the destination folder for download.
PAGE 715
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities • SZ = Size • SU = Startup (Y/N) during the log file duration Example: Log_SN0000000002_FMD06032007_FMT083933_LMD06032007_LMT084356_SZ184951_SUY.log. Retrieving the Logger Files: 1 Select the log files to retrieve. Multiple selections of files are enabled using standard Windows conventions. 2 In the Logger Diagnostic Files dialog box, click the Browse button.
PAGE 716
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Information Collector Standard Security Mode The Information Collector comprehensively attains all information from all the MCU internal entities for data analysis.
PAGE 717
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Using the Information Collector When the Information Collector is used the following steps are performed: • Step 1: Creating the Information Collector file. • Step 2: Saving the Information Collector file. • Step 3: Viewing the information in the Information Collector file.
PAGE 718
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Step 2: Saving the Compressed File 1 The compressed file is automatically saved in the directory selected in the Information Collector dialog box. The file is named info.tgz. A success information box is displayed. 2 Click the OK button. Step 3: Viewing the Compressed File The compressed file is saved in .tgz format and can be viewed with any utility that can open files of that format, for example WinRAR® 3.80.
PAGE 719
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities A new current auditor event file is created when: • the system is started • the size of the current auditor event file exceeds 2 MB • the current auditor event file’s age exceeds 24 hours Up to 1000 auditor event files are stored per Collaboration Server. These files are retained for at least one year and require 1.05 GB of disk space.
PAGE 720
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • False – file was created when previous audit event file reached a size of 2 MB or was more than 24 hours old — File Retrieved: • True - file was previously retrieved. • False - file was never previously retrieved. The order of the Auditor Files dialog box field header columns can be changed and the fields can be filtered to enable searching. For more information, see "Auditor File Viewer” on page 21-70.
PAGE 721
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities The following fields are displayed for each event: Table 21-29 Auditor Event Columns Field Description Event ID The sequence number of the event generated by the Collaboration Server. Date & Time The date and time of the event taken from the Collaboration Server’s Local Time setting. User Name The Username (Login Name) of the user who triggered the event.
PAGE 722
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 21-29 Auditor Event Columns (Continued) Field Description Event The process, action, request or transaction that was performed or rejected.
PAGE 723
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Audit Events Alerts and Faults Table 1 lists Alerts and Faults that are recorded by the Auditor. Table 21-30 Alerts and Faults Event Attempt to exceed the maximum number of management session per user Attempt to exceed the maximum number of management sessions per system Central Signaling indicating Recovery status. Failed login attempt Failed to open Apache server configuration file. Failed to save Apache server configuration file.
PAGE 724
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 21-30 Alerts and Faults (Continued) Event Restoring Factory Defaults. Secured SIP communication failed. Session disconnected without logout SSH is enabled. System Configuration modified. System is starting. System Resets. TCP disconnection Terminal initiated MCU reset. The Log file system is disabled. The software contains patch(es). USB key used to change system configuration.
PAGE 725
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Table 21-31 Transactions (Continued) Transaction TRANS_ISDN_SERVICE:SET_DEFAULT_ISDN_SERVICE TRANS_ISDN_SERVICE:UPDATE_ISDN_SERVICE TRANS_MCU:BEGIN_RECEIVING_VERSION TRANS_MCU:COLLECT_INFO TRANS_MCU:CREATE_DIRECTORY TRANS_MCU:FINISHED_TRANSFER_VERSION TRANS_MCU:LOGIN TRANS_MCU:LOGOUT TRANS_MCU:REMOVE_DIRECTORY TRANS_MCU:REMOVE_DIRECTORY_CONTENT TRANS_MCU:RENAME TRANS_MCU:RESET TRANS_MCU:SET_PORT_CONFIGURATION TRANS_MCU:SET_RESTORE_TYPE TRANS_MCU:S
PAGE 726
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The MSI utility requires the IP addresses of all the Collaboration Server systems (both control unit and Shelf Management IP addresses) that each workstation is to connect to. If the IP address of the any of the target Collaboration Servers is changed, the ActiveX components must be reinstalled. Installing ActiveX To install ActiveX components on all workstations in the network: 1 Download the MSI file EMA.ClassLoaderInstaller.
PAGE 727
Chapter 21-Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities Resetting the Collaboration Server (RMX) System Reset saves system configuration changes and restarts the system with the latest settings. To reset the RMX: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click the Hardware Monitor button. The Hardware Monitor pane is displayed. 2 Click the Reset ( ) button.
PAGE 728
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-78 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 729
22 System Configuration Flags The system’s overall behavior can be configured by modifying the default values of the System Flags. For flag changes (including deletion) to take effect, the MCU must be reset. For more information, see "Resetting the Collaboration Server (RMX)” on page 21-77.
PAGE 730
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2 In the MCMS_PARAMETERS tab, the following flags can be modified: Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS Flag Description ALLOW_NON_ENCRYPT_P ARTY_IN_ENCRYPT_CONF If YES, allows non-encrypted participants to connect to encrypted conferences. Default: No Note: From Version 7.6.1, this flag is replaced by the Encryption option “Encrypt when Possible” in the conference Profile - Advanced dialog box. Flag setting is ignored.
PAGE 731
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Flag Description CONTENT_SLAVE_LINKS_I NTRA_SUPPRESSION_IN_S ECONDS Defines the interval, in seconds, during which the Collaboration Server is allowed to forward an Intra Request received from any of the Slave Cascading Links. The Slave Cascading Link can be connected to the local Collaboration Server, to an MCU on a higher cascade level or to the Content sharer.
PAGE 732
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description ENABLE_ACCEPTING_ICM P_REDIRECT When set to YES, allows the RMX to accept ICMP Redirect Messages (ICMP message type #5). For more information see "Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)” on page 23-51 Possible values: YES / NO Default: • Ultra Secure Mode: NO • 22-4 Standard Security Mode: YES ENABLE_AGC Set this flag to YES to enable the AGC option.
PAGE 733
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description ENFORCE_SAFE_UPGRAD E When set to YES this flag enables the Collaboration Server system to notify users when an incorrect version upgrade/ downgrade or upgrade/downgrade path is selected.
PAGE 734
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) 22-6 Flag Description GK_MANDATORY_FOR_CA LLS_IN If set to YES, a gatekeeper is required to receive incoming H.323 calls. If a gatekeeper is not configure in the Collaboration Server, the calls will fail. If set to NO (default), gatekeeper is not required to process H.323 incoming calls and H.323 participants can dial in with or without a gatekeeper.
PAGE 735
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description ISDN_IDLE_CODE_E1 The Idle code (silent), transmitted on the ISDN E1 B channels, when there is no transmission on the channels. Default: 0x54 ISDN_IDLE_CODE_T1 The Idle code (silent), transmitted on the ISDN T1 B channels, when there is no transmission on the channels.
PAGE 736
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description ITP_CROPPING If the conference is set to TelePresence mode, cropping of the image is done according to this flag value: • ITP (default) - Cropping is done as follows: • • • • Left/right sides: no cropping Top/Bottom: the calculated area to be stripped will be split and cropped equally from the top and the bottom of the display area.
PAGE 737
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description IVR_MESSAGE_VOLUME The volume of IVR messages varies according to the value of this flag. Possible value range: 0-10 (Default: 6). 0 – disables playing the IVR messages 1 – lowest volume 10 – highest volume Notes: • It is not recommended to disable IVR messages by setting the flag value to 0.
PAGE 738
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description LAST_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS If YES, the system displays a record of the last Login of the user. Default: NO. For more details, see "User Login Record” on page 23-25. LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DE FAULT_LAYOUT Defines the video layout to be displayed on the screen of the legacy endpoints when switching to Content mode. Default value: CP_LAYOUT_1P7 (1+7).
PAGE 739
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Flag Description MAX_INTRA_SUPPRESSIO N_DURATION_IN_SECOND S_ Enter the duration in seconds to ignore the participant’s requests to refresh the Content display. Default setting: 10 MAX_NUMBER_OF_MANAG EMENT_SESSIONS_PER_S YSTEM Defines the maximum number of concurrent management sessions (http and https connections) per system.
PAGE 740
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) 22-12 Flag Description MIN_TIP_COMPATIBILITY_L INE_RATE This flag determines the minimum line rate at which conferencing entities such as an Entry Queue or Meeting Room can be TIP-enabled and TIP-enabled endpoints can connect to them.
PAGE 741
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description NUMERIC_CHAIR_PASS_D EFAULT_LEN This flag enables or disables the automatic generation of chairperson passwords and determines the number of digits in the chairperson passwords assigned by the MCU. Possible values are: • 0 disables the automatic password generation in both Standard Security Mode or Ultra Secure Mode.
PAGE 742
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description NUMERIC_CONF_PASS_DE FAULT_LEN This flag enables or disables the automatic generation of conference passwords and determines the number of digits in the conference passwords assigned by the MCU. Possible values are: • 0 disables the automatic password generation in both Standard Security Mode or Ultra Secure Mode.
PAGE 743
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Flag Description PASSWORD_EXPIRATION_ DAYS_MACHINE Enables the administrator to change the password expiration period of Application-user’s independently of regular users. Default: 365 (days). PASSWORD_EXPIRATION _WARNING_DAYS Determines the display of a warning to the user of the number of days until password expiration. Value: between 0 and 14 days.
PAGE 744
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description SESSION_TIMEOUT_IN_MI NUTES If there is no input from the user or if the connection is idle for longer than the number of minutes specified by this flag, the connection to the Collaboration Server is terminated. Value: 0-999 0 - Session Timeout is disabled, however this feature cannot be disabled when the Collaboration Server is in Ultra Secure Mode.
PAGE 745
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description SYSTEM_BROADCAST_VO LUME This value is used when the system flag FORCE_SYSTEM_BROADCAST_VOLUME is set to YES. Determines the default audio level with which the participants connects and sends audio to the conference. The volume scale is from 1 to 10, where 1 is the weakest and 10 is the strongest. The default connection value is 5.
PAGE 746
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description USE_GK_PREFIX_FOR_PS TN_CALLS When set to YES the Gatekeeper Prefix is included in the DTMF input string enabling PSTN participants to use the same input string when connecting to an Collaboration Server whether the Collaboration Server is a standalone MCU or part of a DMA solution deployment.
PAGE 747
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Manually Adding and Deleting System Flags To add a flag: 1 In the System Flags dialog box, click the New Flag ( ) button. The New Flag dialog box is displayed. 2 In the New Flag field enter the flag name. 3 In the Value field enter the flag value. The following flags can be manually added to the MCMS_PARAMETERS tab: Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 748
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description 802_FIPS_MODE If the flag value is YES, the availability of the MD5 Authentication Protocol will neither be displayed as selectable option nor supported. For more information, see "IEEE 802.1x Authentication” on page 23-42. Range: YES/NO.
PAGE 749
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description AVOID_VIDEO_LOOP_BAC K_IN_CASCADE When set to YES the current speaker’s image is not sent back through the participant link in cascaded conferences with conference layouts other than 1x1.
PAGE 750
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description BONDING_NUM_CHANNEL S_IN_GROUP The number of channels in the bonding group to be connected before dialing the next sequential channel. Default: 50 (ISDN) BURN_BIOS Although not recommended, setting this flag’s value to NO will prevent BIOS upgrade. Default: YES.
PAGE 751
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description CP_REGARD_TO_INCOMIN G_SETUP_RATE For use in the Avaya Environment. If set to YES, the Collaboration Server calculates the line rate for incoming calls in CP conferences, according to the line rate which is declared by the endpoint in the H.225 setup message. If set to NO, the rate is calculated according to the conference line rate regardless of the rate in the H.
PAGE 752
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) 22-24 Flag Description DELAY_BETWEEN_H320_D IAL_OUT_PARTY (ISDN) The delay in milliseconds that the MCU waits when connecting dial out ISDN and PSTN participants. Default: 1000 DISABLE_CELLS_NETWOR K_IND Disable the display of Network Quality Indicators displayed in the cells of the conference Video Layout.
PAGE 753
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Flag Description ENABLE_CISCO_GK When set to YES, it enables the use of an identical prefix for different Collaboration Servers when registering with a Cisco MCM Gatekeeper. Default: NO. ENABLE_CLOSED_CAPTIO N Enables or disables the Closed Captions option that allow endpoints to endpoints to provide real-time text transcriptions or language translations of the video conference.
PAGE 754
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) 22-26 Flag Description ENABLE_NO_VIDEO_RESO URCES_AUDIO_ONLY_MES SAGE Enables playing a voice message that Informs the participant of the lack of Video Resources in the Collaboration Server and that he/she is being connected as Audio Only. Default: YES ENABLE_SELECTIVE_MIXI NG Enables (default) or disables the Automatic muting of noisy AVC endpoints.
PAGE 755
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Flag Description EXTERNAL_CONTENT_ DIRECTORY The Web Server folder name. Change this name if you have changed the default names used by the CMA/XMA application. Default: /PlcmWebServices EXTERNAL_CONTENT_IP Version 4.x and earlier - enter the IP address of the CMA server. Version 5.0 - enter the IP address of the CMA/XMA server in the format: http://[IP address of the CMA server].
PAGE 756
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description FORCE_1X1_LAYOUT_ON_ CASCADED_LINK_CONNE CTION When set to YES, the cascaded link is automatically set to Full Screen (1x1) in CP conferences forcing the speaker in one cascaded conference to display in full window in the video layout of the other conference.
PAGE 757
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Flag Description FORCE_STATIC_MB_ENCO DING This flag supports Tandberg MXP mode of sending and receiving video by IP endpoint in HD 720p resolution and Video Quality set to Motion. This mode is not supported for ISDN endpoints. Default value: Tandberg MXP. To disable this flag, enter NONE. G728_IP Enables or disables declaration of G.728 Audio Algorithm capabilities in IP calls.
PAGE 758
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) 22-30 Flag Description H264_BASE_PROFILE_MIN _RATE_SD30_SHARPNESS Not supported from Version 7.0.2. Prior to Version 7.0.2, this flag set the minimum bitrate threshold for endpoints that did not support H.264 High Profile for SD30 resolution using Sharpness Video Quality.
PAGE 759
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description HIDE_CONFERENCE_PASS WORD • If set to YES (default in Ultra Secure Mode): Conference and Chairperson Passwords that are displayed in the Collaboration Server Web Client or RMX Manager are hidden when viewing the properties of the conference.
PAGE 760
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) 22-32 Flag Description MAX_RTV_RESOLUTION Enables you to override the Collaboration Server resolution selection and limit it to a lower resolution, hence minimizing the resource usage to 1 or 1.5 video resources per call instead of 3 resources. Possible flag values are: AUTO (default), QCIF, CIF, VGA or HD720.
PAGE 761
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Flag Description MIX_LINK_ENVIRONMENT In H.239-enabled MIH Cascading, when MGC is on level 1, setting this flag to YES will adjust the line rate of HD Video Switching conferences run on the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 from 1920Kbps to 17897, 100bits/sec to match the actual rate of the HD Video Switching conference running on the MGC.
PAGE 762
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) 22-34 Flag Description NUMBER_OF_REDIAL Enter the number re dialing attempts required. Dialing may continue until the conference is terminated. Default: 3 OCSP_RESPONDER_TIME OUT The number of seconds the RMX is to wait for an OCSP response from the OCSP Responder before failing the connection.
PAGE 763
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description PRESERVE_PARTY_CELL_ ON_FORCE_LAYOUT Used to prevent reassignment of cells in a forced layout that were assigned to endpoints that have disconnected, paused their video, or have been removed from the conference. The cell will remain black until the endpoint reconnects or a new layout is used, or the conference ends.
PAGE 764
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description REMOVE_H323_EPC_CAP_ TO_NON_POLYCOM_VEND OR Used to disable EPC protocol. Use of Polycom’s proprietary protocol, High Profile, EPC, may result in interoperability issues when used with other vendors’ endpoints. Possible values: YES / NO Default: NO REMOVE_H323_HIGH_PRO FILE_CAP_TO_NON_POLY COM_VENDOR Used to disable High Profile protocol.
PAGE 765
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description RTCP_FLOW_CONTROL_T MMBR_INTERVAL Modifies the interval (in seconds) of the TMMBR (Temporary Maximum Media Stream Bit Rate) parameter for SIP RTCP flow control. Range: 5 - 999 (seconds) Default: 180 RTCP_PLI_ENABLE When set to YES, the (Picture Loss Indication (PLI) is sent as INFO (and not RTCP).
PAGE 766
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description SEND_WIDE_RES_TO_IP When set to YES (default), the Collaboration Server sends wide screen resolution to IP endpoints.
PAGE 767
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Flag Description SET_AUTO_BRIGHTNESS Auto Brightness detects and automatically adjusts the brightness of video windows that are dimmer than other video windows in the conference layout. Auto Brightness only increases brightness and does not darken video windows. Note: This flag sets the initial value for Auto Brightness during Firsttime Power-up.
PAGE 768
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description SIP_FAST_UPDATE_INTER VAL_ENV Default setting is 0 to prevent the Collaboration Server from automatically sending an Intra request to all SIP endpoints. Enter n (where n is any number of seconds other than 0) to let the Collaboration Server automatically send an Intra request to all SIP endpoints every n seconds.
PAGE 769
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description SITE_NAMES_ALWAYS_ON In MPM + Mode this flag is used to enable or disable the permanent display of Site Name in the video layout. Set the value of this flag to YES to enable the permanent display of Site Names. Default: NO. In MPMx Mode this function is controlled using the Profile Site Names dialog box. Note: From Version 8.1, MPM+ Media card is not supported.
PAGE 770
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-2 Manually Added System Flags – MCMS_PARAMETERS (Continued) Flag Description VSW_HD1080p_HP_THRES HOLD_BITRATE Controls the Minimum Threshold Line Rate (kbps) for HD1080p resolution for High Profile-enabled VSW conferences. Default: 1024 VSW_HD720p30_HP_THRE SHOLD_BITRATE Controls the Minimum Threshold Line Rate (kbps) for HD720p30 resolution for High Profile-enabled VSW conferences.
PAGE 771
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Manually Adding Flags to the CS_MODULE_PARAMETERS Tab Using the procedure to manually add flags to the System Configuration, the following flags can be manually added to the CS_MODULE_PARAMETERS tab: Table 22-3 Manually Added Flags - CS_MODULE_PARAMETERS Tab Flag Description CS_ENABLE_EPC Add this flag with the value YES (default value is NO) to enable endpoints that support People+Content and require a different signaling (for example, FX endpoints) to receive Cont
PAGE 772
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-3 Manually Added Flags - CS_MODULE_PARAMETERS Tab Flag Description SIP_DUAL_DIRECT ION_TCP_CON For use in Microsoft environments. When set to YES, sends a new request on the same TCP connection instead of opening a new connection. Range: YES/NO Default: NO SIP_ST_ENFORCE _VAL For use in Microsoft environments. Session timer interval in seconds.
PAGE 773
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-4 Flags: PREDEFINED_AUTO_LAYOUT_0,...
PAGE 774
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-4 Flags: PREDEFINED_AUTO_LAYOUT_0,...,10 (Continued) Flag Name: PREDEFINED_AUTO_LAYOUT_n (n = Number of Participants) n Default Value Possible Values CP_LAYOUT_1P4VER CP_LAYOUT_1P5 CP_LAYOUT_1P7 CP_LAYOUT_1P8UP CP_LAYOUT_1P8CENT CP_LAYOUT_1P8HOR_UP CP_LAYOUT_3X3 CP_LAYOUT_2P8 CP_LAYOUT_1P12 CP_LAYOUT_4X4 22-46 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 775
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Example: Table 22-5 illustrates the effect of modifying the PREDEFINED_AUTO_LAYOUT_5 flag in conferences with fewer or more participants than the number of windows selected in the default layout.
PAGE 776
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 22-6 LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DEFAULT_LAYOUT Flag Values (Continued) Layout Flag Value CP_LAYOUT_1X2 CP_LAYOUT_1X2HOR CP_LAYOUT_1X2VER CP_LAYOUT_2X1 CP_LAYOUT_1P2HOR CP_LAYOUT_1P2HOR_UP CP_LAYOUT_1P2VER CP_LAYOUT_2X2 CP_LAYOUT_1P3HOR_UP CP_LAYOUT_1P3VER CP_LAYOUT_1P4HOR_UP CP_LAYOUT_1P4HOR CP_LAYOUT_1P4VER CP_LAYOUT_1P5 CP_LAYOUT_1P7 CP_LAYOUT_1P8UP CP_LAYOUT_1P8CENT CP_LAYOUT_1P8HOR_UP CP_LAYOUT_3X3 22-48 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 777
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-6 LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DEFAULT_LAYOUT Flag Values (Continued) Layout Flag Value CP_LAYOUT_2P8 CP_LAYOUT_1P12 CP_LAYOUT_4X4 CS_ENABLE_EPC Flag Endpoints that support People+ may require a different signaling (for example, FX endpoints). For these endpoints, manually add the flag CS_ENABLE_EPC with the value YES (default value is NO) to the CS_MODULE_PARAMETERS tab.
PAGE 778
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide be activated using the existing passwords. Only new conferencing entities will be affected by the change. Do not enable this option in an environment that includes a Polycom DMA system.
PAGE 779
Chapter 22-System Configuration Flags Table 22-7 Automatic Password Generation Flags (Continued) Flag Description NUMERIC_CONF_PASS_DEFAULT_L EN This flag enables or disables the automatic generation of conference passwords. The length of the automatically generated passwords is determined by the flag value. Possible values: • 0 – 16, 6 default (non-secured mode) • 0 and 9 – 16, 9 default (Ultra Secure Mode). Enter 0 to disable the automatic generation of passwords.
PAGE 780
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Flags Specific to Maximum Security Environments - Ultra Secure Mode The Collaboration Server can operate in one of two modes: Standard Security Mode or Ultra Secure Mode. In Ultra Secure Mode the enhanced security features of the version are rigorously enforced. The Ultra Secure Mode is enabled or disabled depending on the value of the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE System Flag.
PAGE 781
23 Ultra Secure Mode WARNING: Once Ultra Secure Mode is enabled it can only be disabled by performing a Restore to Factory Defaults. In addition, to implement a Maximum Security Environment, other Polycom products on the network must be similarly configured. For more information see the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments, "Restoring the RMX Using the USB Port” on page 4-1. From Version 8.1.4.J, only MPMx cards are supported.
PAGE 782
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — When downgrading to a version that utilizes the JITC_MODE System Flag, the administrator will need to set the JITC_MODE flag to that of the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE flag before the downgrade.
PAGE 783
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode 4 Click OK to close the Update Flag dialog box. 5 Click OK to close the System Flags dialog box. For flag changes (including deletion) to take effect, reset the MCU. For more information see "Resetting the Collaboration Server (RMX)” on page 21-77. System Flags affected by Ultra Secure Mode When the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE flag is set to YES the default and range values of the following flags are affected.
PAGE 784
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 23-1 ULTRA_SECURE_MODE Flag Value – Effect on System Flags (Continued) ULTRA_SECURE_MODE = Flag YES NO Range Default Range Default YES YES YES/NO NO HIDE_CONFERENCE_PASSWORD YES/NO NO YES/NO NO HIDE_CONFERENCE_PASSWORD YES/NO NO YES/NO NO MAX_CONF_PASSWORD_REPEATED_DIGIT S 1-4 2 0-4 0 MAX_PASSWORD_REPEATED_CHAR 1-4 2 0-4 2 15-20 15 0-20 0 MIN_PWD_CHANGE_FREQUENCY_IN_DAYS 1-7 1 0-7 0 NU
PAGE 785
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Certificate Management (PKI) Public Key Infrastructure PKI (Public Key Infrastructure) is a set of tools and policies deployed to enhance the security of data communications between networking entities.
PAGE 786
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The following diagram illustrates the certificate exchange during the TLS connection procedure. Adding Certificates to the Certificate Repository To access the Certification Repository: >> In the RMX Web Client, click Setup > RMX Secured Communication > Certification Repository.
PAGE 787
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Trusted Certificates Trusted Certificates List By clicking the column headers the Trusted Certificates can be sorted by: • Issued To • Issued By • Expiration Date • Status To add a certificate to the repository: Repeat steps 1 - 4 for each certificate that is to be added to the Certification Repository. 1 In the Trusted Certificates tab click the Add button. The Send Certificate dialog box is displayed. 2 Send the certificate to the Collaboration Server.
PAGE 788
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Option. Paste Certificate and Send Certificate After you have received the certificate from the Certificate Authority: a Copy (Ctrl + C) the certificate information from the Certificate Authority’s e-mail to the clipboard. b Click Paste Certificate to paste the clipboard content into the Send Certificate dialog box. c Click the Send Certificate button to send the certificate to the Collaboration Server. Option.
PAGE 789
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode When the Activate Certificate button is clicked, all added Trusted Certificates and CRLs are installed and the Collaboration Server displays an RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Web Client/RMX Manager disconnection confirmation dialog box. 4 Click OK. 5 Login to the Collaboration Server to proceed with further management tasks. Trusted Certificates added to the Certification Repository are not automatically activated.
PAGE 790
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Add dialog box is displayed with the configured parameters of the selected Network Service filled in. 3 Select the Certificate Method. (Default is CSR) 4 — Only CSR can be selected for the Default Management Network Service. — CSR or PFX/PEM can be selected for IP Network Services. Optional. If CSR was selected as the Certificate Method: a Click Create Certificate Request.
PAGE 791
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode 5 For backward compatibility, with previous versions, either SHA-1 or SHA-256 can be selected as the hash algorithm used in the creation of CSRs (Certificate Signing Requests). Click Send Certificate. For all certificates, both Management and SIP TLS: • Once the certificate is sent a message is displayed indicating successful installation of the certificate and the new certificate replaces the old certificate.
PAGE 792
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The check box is checked by default to Skip certificate validation for user logging session and no validation of expiration, CA signature or CRL/OCSP checking is performed. Clearing the check box enables full validation requires that there be at least one CA certificate in the certificate repository, failing which a message At least one CA certificate should be installed is displayed.
PAGE 793
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode CRL (Certificate Revocation List) A CRL contains a summary of the installed Certificate Revocation Lists. By clicking the column headers the Certificate Revocation List can be sorted by: • Issued To • Issued By • Expiration Date • Status If the CRL List is not valid for any reason an Active Alarm is created and a message is displayed. The RP Collaboration Server Web Client/RMX Manager connection to the Collaboration Server is not disabled.
PAGE 794
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5 The Open file dialog box is displayed. The files are filtered according to the file type selected in Step b. File Types 6 Enter the Certificate file name in the File name field or click to select the certificate file entry in the list. 7 Click the Open button. The certificate is added to the CRL List in the Certification Repository.
PAGE 795
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode The certificate is removed and the Collaboration Server displays an RP Collaboration Server Web Client/Manager disconnection confirmation dialog box. 3 Click the OK button. Login to the Collaboration Server to proceed with further management tasks.
PAGE 796
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • • If the check box is unchecked the Global Responder URL is used. If the Global Responder URL is incorrectly configured a message, Global responder URL must be configured, is displayed. — Allow Incomplete Revocation Checks If OCSP is selected: • If the check box is checked and the Global Responder or the Responder Specified in the Certificate does not respond for any reason the certificate is not considered revoked.
PAGE 797
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Table 23-2 Self-signed Certificate - Creation (Continued) Field Value Issuer / Issued To Service Host Name Both the Issuer and Issued To fields have the same values. CN = host name of the service name DC = Polycom OU = Self Signed Certificate O = Polycom RMX Note: The value of CN is derived from the IP Network Service Name, while the values of DC, OU and O are hard coded. For a full description of these fields see RFC 5280.
PAGE 798
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide For more information see "IP Network Service Definition” on page 16-63. Table 23-3 System Flags - SIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE_TYPE / BEHAVIOR Flag Possible Flag Values SIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE_TYPE NONE • No Keep Alive messages are sent. MS (Default when Microsoft SIP Server Type is selected for the Network Service). • Keep Alive messages are sent only after successful registration. • A Pong response is not expected.
PAGE 799
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Table 23-3 System Flags - SIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE_TYPE / BEHAVIOR (Continued) Flag Possible Flag Values SIP_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_BEHA VIOR If the value of the System Flag, SIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE_TYPE = RFC5626 or RFC6223 and no Pong is received, the value of this System Flag is checked. Possible Values: • RE_REGISTRATION_WHEN_NO_PONG_RESPONSE • DO_NOT_RE_REGISTRATION_WHEN_NO_PONG_RESPO NSE (Default) For a full description see the description for the SIP_TCP _KEEPALIVE_TYPE flag (above).
PAGE 800
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Managing system users includes: • User types that are not supported when the Ultra Secure Mode (ULTRA_SECURE_MODE=YES) is enabled. • Disabling and enabling system Users. • Renaming Users. • Disabling inactive users. Managing the user login process includes: • Implementing Strong Passwords. • Implementing password re-use / history rules. • Defining password aging rules. • Defining password change frequency.
PAGE 801
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Disabling Inactive Users Users can be automatically disabled by the system when they do not log into the Collaboration Server application for a predefined period. When the Collaboration Server is configured to Ultra Secure Mode (the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE System Flag is set to YES), this option is enforced. • To enable this option, the DISABLE_INACTIVE_USER System Flag to a value between 1 to 90.
PAGE 802
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • • • • Special characters: @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ - = + | } { : " \ ] [ ; / ? > < , . (space) ~ When the FORCE_STRONG_PASSWORD_POLICY and ULTRA_SECURE_MODE System Flags are set to YES: — A Strong Password must contain at least two of all of the following character types: • Upper case letters • Lower case letters • Numbers • Special characters: @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ - = + | } { : " \ ] [ ; / ? > < , .
PAGE 803
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Defining Password Aging The duration of password validity is determined by the value of the PASSWORD_EXPIRATION_DAYS System Flag. • Passwords can be set to be valid for durations of between 0 and 90 days. • If the System Flag is set to 0, user passwords do not expire. The System Flag cannot be set to 0 when the Collaboration Server is in Ultra Secure Mode. • In Ultra Secure Mode, the minimum duration can be set to 7 days and the default duration is 60 days.
PAGE 804
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Forcing Password Change When the system is in Ultra Secure Mode the user is forced to change his/her password as follows: • After modifying the value of the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE System Flag to YES, all Collaboration Server users are forced to change their Login passwords. • When an administrator creates a new user, the user is forced to change his/her password on first Login.
PAGE 805
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode User Login Record The system can display a record of the last Login of the user. It is displayed in the Main Screen of the Collaboration Server Web Client or Collaboration Server Manager. The user Login Record display is enabled when the LAST_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS System Flag is set to YES. Last Successful Login Unsuccessful Logins Both lists display the: • Date and Time of the Login attempt. • IP Address of the workstation initiating the Login attempt.
PAGE 806
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Any attempt to exceed the maximum number of management sessions per user results in the display of an error message: A user with this name is already logged into the system. Additional connection is denied. The log in attempt is recorded as an Audit Event.
PAGE 807
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode The Banner Configuration dialog box allows the administrator to select a Login Banner from a drop-down menu. Login Banner Menu One of the the following Login Banners can be selected: • Non-Modifiable Banners • — Sample 1 — Sample 2 — Sample 3 — Sample 4 Modifiable Banner — Custom (Default) Guidelines • The Login Banner cannot be disabled when the Collaboration Server is in Ultra Secure Mode.
PAGE 808
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide − Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG authorized purpose. − This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy.
PAGE 809
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Customizing Banners The Login and Main Screen banners can be customized to display conference information, assistance information or warning text as required in the Ultra Secure Mode. To customize the banners: 1 In the Collaboration Server menu, click Setup > Customize Display Settings > Banners Configuration. The Banners Configuration dialog box opens.
PAGE 810
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Banner Display Login Screen Banner The Login screen banner can display any text, for example the terms and conditions for system usage. The default text is that required in Ultra Secure Mode.
PAGE 811
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Main Screen Banner The Main Screen banner is displayed at the bottom of the screen, as follows: Banner When the Collaboration Server is configured to work in Ultra Secure Mode, such as the Maximum Security environment, the display banner includes the following default text: THIS IS A DOD SYSTEM AND IS SUBJECT TO MONITORING, UNAUTHORIZED USE MAY SUBJECT YOU TO ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION OR CRIMINAL PROSECUTION AND PENALTIES. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 812
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Securing an External Database TLS 1.0 is used when securing communications between the Collaboration Server and an external database. The certificate is installed on the database server and the Collaboration Server is the client. When the certificate is installed on the database server, all client requests and responses are transferred via secure port 443.
PAGE 813
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Standard Security Mode Internal Collaboration Server database + External Database First authentication is via the internal Collaboration Server database. If it is not successful, authentication is via the External Database. Internal Collaboration Server database + External Database + Active Directory • Management Logins First authentication is via the internal Collaboration Server database. If it is not successful, authentication is via the Active Directory.
PAGE 814
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Enabling Active Directory Integration To configure Directory Services: 1 On the Collaboration Server Menu, click Setup > Directory Services. The Directory Services - Configuration dialog box is displayed. 2 Modify the following fields. Table 23-6 Directory Services - Configuration Field Description Connect to the Enterprise Directory Server Select this check box to enable or disable the Active Directory feature.
PAGE 815
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode 3 Click the Role Mapping tab. The Directory Services - Role Mapping dialog box is displayed. Each of the Collaboration Server user types: Administrator, Administrator Read-Only, Auditor, Operator and Chairperson can be mapped to only one Active Directory Group or Role according to the customer’s specific implementation. 4 — In Ultra Secure Mode there are only two user types: Operator and Administrator.
PAGE 816
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide MLPP (Multi Level Precedence and Preemption) In compliance with UC APL requirements, Quality of Service (QoS) can be more accurately modified to suit local needs with the addition of Multi Level Precedence and Preemption methods for call prioritizing and call handling. QoS is important when transmitting high bandwidth audio and video information.
PAGE 817
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Enabling Precedence Precedence is disabled by default. It is enabled by using the Setup > Precedence Settings menu to display the Precedence Settings dialog box. Precedence is enabled by selecting the Use Precedence check box. See "Configuring and Modifying Precedence Domains and DSCP Values” on page 1-1. When Precedence is enabled, all other QoS system settings are overridden by the parameters sent in the SIP Message.
PAGE 818
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 23-9 Precedence Domain and Resource Priority - DSCP Default Values (Continued) Resource Priority DSCP Value Precedence Level Audio Video 6 FLASH 35 (0x23) 35 (0x23) 4 IMMEDIATE 37 (0x25) 37 (0x25) 2 PRIORITY 39 (0x27) 39 (0x27) 0 ROUTINE 51 (0x33) 51 (0x33) NONE No Resource Priority header for backward compatibility • SIP Dial in participants, both defined and undefined, do not inherit Precedence or Dom
PAGE 819
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Table 23-10 Example - Call Acceptance by System Flag Value and Precedence Domain Matching Call Acceptance Precedence Domain RMX Polycom, Inc. Flag Value: REJECT_INCORRECT_PRECEDENCE_DOMAIN_NAME Incoming SIP Message UC UC UC UC.00001 UC UC.
PAGE 820
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Dial-out calls For Dial-out calls, the SIP Message header information for the Precedence Domain and Resource Priority (r-priority) of the call is configurable.
PAGE 821
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Configuring and Modifying Precedence Domains and DSCP Values The Precedence Domains and DSCP values for each Precedence Domain can be configured and modified per MCU. To configure Precedence Settings: 1 On the RMX menu, click Setup > Precedence Settings The Precedence Settings dialog box is displayed. 2 Optional: Modify the values if required.
PAGE 822
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 23-11 Precedence Settings - Domains, Levels and DSCP Values (Continued) Field 3 Description r-priority Modify the r-priority value for the Level. Range: 0 - 255. Default: ROUTINE - 0, PRIORITY - 2, IMMEDIATE - 4, FLASH - 6, FLASH-OVERRIDE - 8, FLASH-OVERRIDE+ - 9 Audio/Video DSCP Modify the DSCP value for the Audio/Video DSCP. Range: 0 - 63.
PAGE 823
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode • Media • For RMX 2000, Network Separation must be implemented before configuring 802.1x Authentication. • 802.1x Authentication is not supported in Microsoft environments. The following 802.1x Authentication methods are supported: • EAP-MD5 • EAP-TLS • PEAPv0 • MSCHAPv2 Certificate Repository Implementation of 802.1x Authentication requires a certificate, which is obtained from the Certificate Repository.
PAGE 824
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Modify the Ethernet Settings table fields as set out in Table 23-12: Table 23-12 802.1x Authentication - Configuration Field 802.1x Authentication Description For each NIC, click the arrow to open the drop-down menu and select (or disable) the 802.1x Authentication method: • Off • • • • EAP-MD5 EAP-TLS PEAPv0 MSCHAPv2 User Name Enter the User name that the RMX will use to register with the 802.1x Authentication Server.
PAGE 825
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Table 23-13 New Flags Flag name 802_1X_SKIP_CERTIFICATE_VAL IDATION Description If the flag value is: YES - The retrieved certificate is not validated against the CA certificate. • • NO - The retrieved certificate is validated against the CA certificate. Validation failure raises an Active Alarm and is reported in the Ethernet Monitoring dialog box. Range: YES, NO. Default: YES. 802_1X_CRL_MODE If the flag value is: • ENABLED - Forces CRL checking.
PAGE 826
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • Bad Configuration • Link Status not Detected White List Access In compliance with UC APL requirements for enhanced security of web access to the RMX, a White List containing the addresses of IP Networking Entities permitted to connect to the RMX’s Management Network is implemented - Networking Entities such as Network Hosts, Control Workstations, Gatekeepers SIP/ DNS Servers, etc.
PAGE 827
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode 4 Select the Enable Whitelist check box. All IP addresses in the list are displayed and the Add and Remove buttons become active. 5 Modify the White List. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported and the system will only allow an entry of the type of IP addresses for which the Management Network Service is configured according to Table 23-14.
PAGE 828
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide a To Add IP addresses: For each IP address to be added to the White List: i) In the Add IP Address field enter an IP address to be added to the White List and click the Add button. If an invalid IP address is entered, an error message is displayed and the administrator is prompted to enter a correct IP address. If a duplicate IP address is entered, a message: Duplicate IP’s are not allowed in WhiteList is displayed.
PAGE 829
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode System Flag The ANAT Protocol selection is controlled by the ANAT_IP_PROTOCOL_SETTING System Flag. To modify it, manually add it to system.cfg and set its value as described in Table 23-15. Range: DISABLED, AUTO, PREFER_IPv4, PREFER_IPv6 Default: — If the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE System Flag is set to NO: DISABLED. — If the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE System Flag is set to YES: AUTO.
PAGE 830
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • An endpoint declaring SIP BFCP TCP is connected with video and audio but without Content. The SIP BFCP TCP channel will not be connected. • The following resolutions are supported with H.264 HD Content protocol. Only when H.264 HD is selected, these resolutions are enabled for selection: • 23-50 — HD 720p5 — HD 720p30 — HD 1080p15 Endpoints that do not support receiving H.
PAGE 831
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Enabling AS-SIP Content AS-SIP Content is enabled in the New Profile / Profile Properties - Video Quality tab. When the AS-SIP Content check box is selected the following are automatically enabled and cannot be disabled: • Send Content to Legacy Endpoints • Multiple Resolutions System Flag The time that the RMX waits for endpoints to respond to its SDP Re-invite is determined by a timer.
PAGE 832
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • Traffic redirection Malicious devices can however use these capabilities in order to divert, intercept, detect, network traffic.
PAGE 833
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode System Flag: ENABLE_SENDING_ICMP_DESTINATION_UNREACHABLE This System Flag enables the administrator to control whether the RMX sends ICMP Destination Unreachable Messages (ICMP message type #3). Destination Unreachable Messages are sent when the RMX receives a UDP packet on a port configured for TCP, or receives a UDP packet on a port configured for TCP, or when, in real time, a packet is not processed in the prescribed time interval.
PAGE 834
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide For backward compatibility with previous versions, either SHA-1 or SHA-256 can be selected as the hash algorithm used in the creation of CSRs. Upgrade / Downgrade Guidelines The RMX configuration, including users and passwords, should be backed up before upgrading or downgrading. Table 23-16 summarizes the system behavior with regard to passwords and certificates when upgrading to or downgrading from this version.
PAGE 835
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Table 23-16 Version Change - Password and Certificate Compatibility (Continued) Version Change Downgrade from new version to old version Behavior Passwords Certificates Before the downgrade procedure begins, the administrator receives a popup warning message “Passwords will change to factory default would you like to proceed?” All users and SHA-256 hashed passwords are deleted. The administrator’s User Name and Password reverts to the Factory Default: POLYCOM / POLYCOM.
PAGE 836
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide In compliance with UC APL requirements, PKI Self-signed Certificates are supported for the both the Default Management and IP Network Services. A mixture of Self-signed and CA-signed Certificates is supported, however a CA-signed certificate will always override a Self-signed Certificate.
PAGE 837
Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Self-signed Certificates are indicated in the Certification Repository - Issued By field. Media Encryption and Authentication In compliance with UC_APL_SEC_0013, the RMX supports Privacy Protocol AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_32, in addition to AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_80. System Flag The Privacy Protocol selection is controlled by the SRTP_SRTCP_HMAC_SHA_LENGH System Flag. To modify its setting, manually add it to system.cfg and set its value as summarized in Table 23-19.
PAGE 838
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 23-58 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 839
24 Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring The status and properties of the Collaboration Server hardware components can be viewed and monitored in the Hardware Monitor list pane. Viewing the Status of the Hardware Components The Hardware Monitor’s status column displays the present status of the hardware components. In addition to the status, temperature and voltage indications are provided for each component.
PAGE 840
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Hardware Monitor pane is displayed. In the Hardware Monitor, Slots 1 & 2 may sometimes appear as duplicates in the Slot list. The Hardware Monitor pane displays the following Collaboration Server hardware component’s status columns: Table 24-1 HW Monitor Pane Status Columns 24-2 Field Description Slot Displays an icon according to the HW component type and the slot number.
PAGE 841
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring HW Monitor Pane Toolbar The following buttons appear in the tool bar of the Hardware Monitor: Table 24-2 HW Monitor Pane Tool Bar Buttons Button Name Description System Reset Resets and restarts the system. Resetting saves settings and information that you changed in the system, i.e. IP Services, etc... System Shut Down Shuts down the system into a standby mode.
PAGE 842
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Slot number HW component type Component Information (changes according to selected type) To view the MCU Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-click and select Properties for RMX 1500, slot 0. The following information is displayed: Table 24-3 MCU Properties - General Info 24-4 Field Description Chassis File ID The ID assigned to the MCU’s chassis file.
PAGE 843
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring 2 Click the Event Log tab to view a log of events that were recorded by the system for the Collaboration Server. The logged events can be saved to a *.xls file by clicking the Save Event Log button. It is not possible to save individual or multiple selected events; the entire log file must be saved. Table 24-4 MCU Properties - Event Log Polycom, Inc. Column Description Record ID The recorded ID number of the logged event.
PAGE 844
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Click the Active Alarms tab to view alarms related to the Collaboration Server, i.e. temperatures and main power sensors. The Active Alarms dialog box displays fields that relate to faults and errors detected on the Collaboration Server by sensors. The Active Alarms dialog box is divided into two sections: HW Alarm List and SW Alarm List. Each section’s alarm list can be saved as a *.
PAGE 845
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Table 24-5 Card Properties - General Info (Continued) Field Description Card MAC Address 2 (If applicable) second MAC address. Mezzanine A Hardware Version The Mezzanine A hardware component’s version number. Serial Number The Mezzanine A hardware component’s serial number. Card Part Number The part number of the Mezzanine A hardware component’s board. Mezzanine B 2 Hardware Version The Mezzanine B hardware component’s version number.
PAGE 846
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To View the Supporting Hardware Components Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-click and select properties for the desired supporting hardware component. The component’s properties dialog box will appear with the General Info tab displayed.
PAGE 847
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring FAN Properties: The Collaboration Server unit’s chassis contains 3 fans that regulate the unit’s temperature. If the temperature increases, the fans speed will increase and vice-versa. A “Critical” condition in the fans operation will result in a system shut down. Table 24-7 FANS Properties - General Info Field Description General Settings Min. Speed Level (rpm) The minimum speed level of the fans. Max.
PAGE 848
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide LAN 1, LAN 2, LAN 3 Properties: The Collaboration Server unit’s chassis contains 3 external LAN connectors which register the following information listed below. The information will be refreshed every 8 seconds and also contains a peek detector to log the maximal values, since the last peek values reset. 2 Click Close to return to the HW Monitor pane.
PAGE 849
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring The Hardware Properties dialog box has the following structure: Slot number HW component type Component Information (changes according to selected type) To view the MCU Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-click and select properties for RMX 2000, slot 0. The following information is displayed: Table 24-8 MCU Properties - General Info Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 850
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 24-8 MCU Properties - General Info (Continued) 2 Field Description Chassis Serial Number The serial number assigned to the MCU’s chassis. Part Number The chassis part number. The Part Number contains the letter A/B/C/ D that represents the chassis type. Card Type The name of the hardware product or component, i.e. RMX 2000, Backplane. Chassis HW Version Indicates the MCU’s current chassis hardware version.
PAGE 851
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Table 24-9 MCU Properties - Event Log (Continued) 3 Column Description Ipmb Address(hex) Contains all the internal IPMI network addresses on the IPMB bus, i.e. 0x20 (Switch), 0x86 (MFA), etc... Click the Active Alarms tab to view alarms related to the Collaboration Server, i.e. temperatures and main power sensors. The Active Alarms dialog box displays fields that relate to faults and errors detected on the Collaboration Server by sensors.
PAGE 852
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 24-10 Card Properties - General Info (Continued) 2 Field Description Serial Number The hardware component’s serial number. Card Type Displays the type of card that occupies the slot. Card Part Number The part number of the HW component’s board. Card MAC Address 1 Specific hardware address of the component. This address is burnt onto the component and is automatically identified by the system.
PAGE 853
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Table 24-11 Backplane Properties- General Info (Continued) Field Description Card Type The name of the hardware component for which information is being displayed, e.g. Backplane. Card Part Number The Backplane’s part number. Card Mac Address 1 The Backplane’s hardware address. Card Mac Address 2 (If applicable) second Backplane Mac address.
PAGE 854
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide LAN 0, LAN 1, LAN 2 Properties: The Collaboration Server unit’s chassis contains 3 external LAN connectors which register the following information listed below. The information will be refreshed every 8 seconds and also contains a peek detector to log the maximal values, since the last peek values reset. 2 Click Close to return to the HW Monitor pane.
PAGE 855
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring The Hardware Properties dialog box has the following structure: Slot number HW component type Component Information (changes according to selected type) To view the MCU Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-click and select Properties for RMX 4000, slot 0. The following information is displayed: Table 24-13 MCU Properties - General Info Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 856
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 24-13 MCU Properties - General Info (Continued) 2 Field Description Part Number The chassis part number. The Part Number contains the letter A/B/C/ D that represents the chassis type. Card Type The name of the hardware product or component, i.e. RMX 4000, Backplane. Chassis HW Version Indicates the MCU’s current chassis hardware version. Turn SSH Enables/disables the SSH monitor.
PAGE 857
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring 3 Click the Active Alarms tab to view alarms related to the Collaboration Server, i.e. temperatures and main power sensors. The Active Alarms dialog box displays fields that relate to faults and errors detected on the Collaboration Server by sensors. The Active Alarms dialog box is divided into two sections: HW Alarm List and SW Alarm List. Each section’s alarm list can be saved as a *.
PAGE 858
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2 Click the Event Log tab to view a log of events that was recorded by the system on the HW component. For more information, see "MCU Properties - Event Log” on page 24-12. 3 Click the Active Alarms tab to view alarms related to the hardware component, i.e. temperatures and main power sensors. For more information, see “Active Alarms” on page 24-13. 4 Click Close to return to the HW Monitor pane.
PAGE 859
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Table 24-16 Backplane+ Properties- General Info (Continued) Field Description Board Mac Address 1 The Backplane’s hardware address. Board Mac Address 2 (If applicable) second Backplane Mac address. FAN Properties: The Collaboration Server unit’s chassis contains 3 fans that regulate the unit’s temperature. If the temperature increases, the fans speed will increase and vice-versa.
PAGE 860
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide LAN 0, LAN 1, LAN 2 Properties: The Collaboration Server unit’s chassis contains 3 external LAN connectors which register the following information listed below. The information will be refreshed every 8 seconds and also contains a peek detector to log the maximal values, since the last peek values reset. 2 Click Close to return to the HW Monitor pane.
PAGE 861
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Connecting to the Shelf Management Server: • To run Diagnostics you are required to Login with Administrator permissions. A user with Administrator permissions must be defined on the Collaboration Server. • When accessing the Shelf Management server, the content displayed will be available in English only. Access the Collaboration Server browser and click Hardware Monitor. The Hardware Monitor pane opens.
PAGE 862
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 1 In the list pane tool bar, click the Basic Mode ( ) button. RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000/4000 & RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Hardware Monitor panes 24-24 2 In the Reset Confirmation dialog box, click Yes. 3 The Collaboration Server resets. Re-enter the Shelf Manager IP address in the browser and Login under POLYCOM or with an “Administrator” Login. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 863
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring After login the following screen appears. RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000/ 4000 & RealPresence Collaboration The MPM+/MPMx cards indicate “Resetting” and later switch to “Diagnostics”. The status of RTM-IP/RTM IP 1500/RTM-IP 4000 and CNTL/CNTL 1500/CNTL 4000 components change to “Diagnostics”. 4 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 864
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 5 Run Diagnostic Tests & Tests Monitoring by clicking the Run Tests button. In the Hardware Monitor pane, the toolbar and card statuses change to Tests in progress.
PAGE 865
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring 6. The Diagnostics Summary pane is displayed at the bottom of the Hardware Monitoring pane. Figure 24-1RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000/4000 Diagnostics Tests & Monitoring Tests Figure 24-2RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Diagnostics Tests & Monitoring Tests 7 Select the Run all Tests box and then click Run Selected Tests.
PAGE 866
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Performing Advanced Mode Diagnostics To run Diagnostics you are required to Login with administrator permissions. To run Advanced Mode Diagnostics on a Hardware Component: • Most of the user interfaces illustrated in this section show the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 with MPMx cards. The Advanced Mode for other Collaboration Servers with MPM+ card(s) are identical. • • From Version 8.
PAGE 867
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring 2 In the Reset Confirmation dialog box, click Yes. 3 The Collaboration Server resets. Re-enter the Shelf Manager IP address in the browser and Login using an “Administrator” Login. The MPM+/MPMx cards indicate “Resetting” and later switch to “Diagnostics”. The status of RTM-IP/RTM IP 1500/RTM-IP 4000 and CNTL/CNTL 1500/CNTL 4000 components change to “Diagnostics”.
PAGE 868
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide You can view Diagnostic Tests & Tests Monitoring by clicking the Advanced Diagnostics Tab. Advanced Diagnostics Tab When you click the Advanced Mode the Collaboration Server enters a “Diagnostics Mode”. The Advanced Mode can be exited by pressing the yellow System Reset icon. The Collaboration Server then resets. The Diagnostics Tests & Monitoring Tests panes are displayed on the right side of the window pane.
PAGE 869
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Run all Test Selection Diagnostics Test Monitoring Figure 24-4 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Diagnostics Tests & Monitoring Tests 5 When the Collaboration Server enters “Diagnostics Mode”, the status MPM+/MPMx, CNTL/CNTL 1500/CNTL 4000 and RTM IP/RTM IP 1500/RTM IP 4000 changes to “Diagnostics”.
PAGE 870
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 24-20 Tests Selection - Additional Test Parameters (Continued) 7 Parameter Description Run All Test Runs all tests listed in the TestActive column for the hardware component. The selected tests are initialized. In the Tests Monitoring pane there is an indication of the Connection Status of the Tests. Connection Status 8 This process may take some time. Click Stop Running Test to end all the diagnostic tests.
PAGE 871
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Table 24-21 Tests Monitoring - MCU Monitor Parameters Column Description Card The card’s slot number, i.e. 5 - slot where the RTM IP card resides. Pass Indicates the number of tests that the card passed successfully. Fail Indicates the number of tests that the card failed. Status The card’s current test status: No test running or Test in progress.
PAGE 872
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Error Buffer The Error Buffer tab displays the errors encountered during testing of the cards. Table 24-23 Tests Monitoring - Card Monitor Parameters 24-34 Column Description Testid The test ID number. ErrorString Indicates the error encountered during testing. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 873
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Temperature Thresholds On each Collaboration Server card or there are temperature sensors that are placed near specific components on the card. In the Hardware Monitor you can view the properties of each card together with their temperature statuses. By right clicking on any card and viewing the cards Properties, the Active Alarms tab displays all the card sensors, their statuses and lists each sensor’s temperature specifications.
PAGE 874
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Collaboration Server RTM-IP 1500/RTM-IP/RTM IP 4000 Card Properties To view the Collaboration Server RTM-IP 1500/RTM-IP/RTM IP 4000 Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, right-click the RTM IP entry and then select Properties. Right clicking on any Collaboration Server card will display the cards Properties. 2 Click Active Alarms.
PAGE 875
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring 2 Click Active Alarms. Figure 24-8RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 CNTL Temperature Sensors The hottest capacity sensor on the CNTL card is sensor 10, and when this sensor reaches 70° (degrees) Centigrade, it triggers an "Upper Major" event. The Sensor numbering and Temperature listings may vary on Collaboration Server systems depending on card’s Hardware Version and Software Version number.
PAGE 876
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide MPM+ Card Properties From Version 8.1, MPM+ media cards are not supported. To view the MPM+ Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, right-click the MPM+ entry and then select Properties. Right clicking on any Collaboration Server MPM+ card will display the cards Properties. 2 Click Active Alarms.
PAGE 877
Chapter 24-Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring MPMx Card Properties To view the MPMx Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, right-click the MPMx entry and then select Properties. Right clicking on any Collaboration Server MPMx card will display the cards Properties. 2 Click Active Alarms.
PAGE 878
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 24-40 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 879
Appendix A Disconnection Causes If a participant was unable to connect to a conference or was disconnected from a conference, the Connection Status tab in the Participant Properties dialog box indicates the call disconnection cause. In some cases, a possible solution may be displayed. A video participant who is unable to connect the video channels, but is able to connect as an audio only participant, is referred to as a Secondary participant.
PAGE 880
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table A-1 A-2 Call Disconnection Causes (Continued) Disconnection Cause Description H323 call closed. Small bandwidth The gatekeeper allocated insufficient bandwidth to the connection with the endpoint. H323 call closed. No port left There are no free ports left in the IP card. Caller not registered The calling endpoint is not registered in the gatekeeper. H323 call closed.
PAGE 881
Appendix A-Disconnection Causes Table A-1 Polycom, Inc. Call Disconnection Causes (Continued) Disconnection Cause Description H323 call closed. Remote sent bad capability There was a problem in the capabilities sent by the endpoint. H323 call closed. Local capability wasn't accepted by remote The endpoint did not accept the capabilities sent by the gatekeeper. H323 failure Internal error occurred. H323 call closed. Remote stop responding The endpoint stopped responding. H323 call closed.
PAGE 882
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table A-1 A-4 Call Disconnection Causes (Continued) Disconnection Cause Description SIP client error 407 The endpoint sent a SIP Client Error 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) response. The client must first authenticate itself with the proxy. SIP client error 409 The endpoint sent a SIP Client Error 409 (Conflict) response. The request could not be completed due to a conflict with the current state of the resource.
PAGE 883
Appendix A-Disconnection Causes Table A-1 Polycom, Inc. Call Disconnection Causes (Continued) Disconnection Cause Description SIP forbidden The SIP server rejected the request. The server understood the request, but is refusing to fulfill it. SIP global failure 603 A SIP Global Failure 603 (Decline) response was returned. The participant's endpoint was successfully contacted, but the participant explicitly does not wish to or cannot participate.
PAGE 884
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table A-1 A-6 Call Disconnection Causes (Continued) Disconnection Cause Description SIP server error 500 The SIP server sent a SIP Server Error 500 (Server Internal Error) response. The server encountered an unexpected condition that prevented it from fulfilling the request. SIP server error 501 The SIP server sent a SIP Server Error 501 (Not Implemented) response.
PAGE 885
Appendix A-Disconnection Causes ISDN Disconnection Causes Table A-2 ISDN Disconnection Causes Disconnection Cause Number 1 Summary Description Unallocated (unassigned number) No route to the number exists in the ISDN network or the number was not found in the routing table. • Ensure that the number appears in the routing table. • 2 No route to specified transit network (national use) The route specified (transit network) between the two networks does not exist.
PAGE 886
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table A-2 ISDN Disconnection Causes (Continued) Disconnection Cause Number A-8 Summary Description 22 Number Changed Same as Cause 1. The diagnostic field contains the new called user number. Cause 1 is used if the network does not support this cause value. 26 Non-Selected User Clearing The incoming call has not been assigned to the user.
PAGE 887
Appendix A-Disconnection Causes Table A-2 ISDN Disconnection Causes (Continued) Disconnection Cause Number Polycom, Inc. Summary Description 53 Outgoing Calls Barred Within Closed User Group (CUG) Outgoing calls are not permitted for this member of the CUG. 55 Incoming Calls Barred within CUG Incoming calls are not permitted for this member of the CUG. 57 Bearer Capability Not Authorized A bearer capability has been requested that the user is not authorized to use.
PAGE 888
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table A-2 ISDN Disconnection Causes (Continued) Disconnection Cause Number A-10 Summary Description 86 Call Having the Requested Call Identity Has Been Cleared A RESUME message cannot be executed by the network as a result of the call having been cleared while suspended. 87 User Not Member of CUG A CUG member was called by a user who is not a member of the CUG or a CUG call was made to a non CUG member.
PAGE 889
Appendix A-Disconnection Causes Table A-2 ISDN Disconnection Causes (Continued) Disconnection Cause Number Polycom, Inc. Summary Description 103 Parameter NonExistent or Not Implemented – Passed On (national use) A message was received containing parameters that are not defined or of a type that is defined but not implemented. 110 Message with Unrecognized Parameter Discarded A message was discarded because it contained a parameter that was not recognized.
PAGE 890
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide A-12 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 891
Appendix B Active Alarms Table B-1 Active Alarms Alarm Code Alarm Description A matching activation key is required. To cancel the upgrade process, reset the Collaboration Server The system upgrade requires that a valid activation key be entered. If none is available, resetting the Collaboration Server will cancel the upgrade and return the Collaboration Server to the previous version. A new activation key was loaded. Reset the system. A new activation key was loaded: Reset the MCU.
PAGE 892
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table B-1 Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description Card failure Possible reasons for the card failure: • Resetting Card • • • Resetting component Unknown shelf error Unknown card error Card not found This occurs when: the system does not receive an indication about the card (since it does not exist…) usually when the card was removed from the MCU and the system did not have a chance to recalculate it resourc
PAGE 893
Appendix B-Active Alarms Table B-1 Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description CPU slot ID not identified The CPU slot ID required for Ethernet Settings was not provided by the Shelf Management. D channel cannot be established DEBUG mode enabled Possible explanations: • System is running in DEBUG mode. • System DEBUG mode initiated. In this mode, additional prints are added and Startup and Recovery Conditions are different then Non Debug Mode.
PAGE 894
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table B-1 Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description Event Mode Conferencing resources deficiency due to inappropriate license. Please install a new license External NTP servers failure The MCU could not connect to any of the defined NTP server for synchronization due to the remote server error or network error or configuration error. Change the configuration of the NTP server.
PAGE 895
Appendix B-Active Alarms Table B-1 Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description Fallback version is being used Fallback version is being used. Restore current version. Version being used: [running version]; Current version: [current version]. Fan Problem Level Critical Fan Problem Level Major File error Possible reasons for the file error: • XML file does not exist [file name]; Error no: [error number]. • • • Not authorized to open XML file [file name]; Error no: [error number].
PAGE 896
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table B-1 Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description Gatekeeper failure Possible reasons for the Gatekeeper failure: • Failed to register to alternate Gatekeeper. • Gatekeeper discovery state. - Check GK IP address (GUI, ping) • • • • • • • • • Gatekeeper DNS Host name not found. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Gatekeeper rejected RRQ due to Generic Data. Gatekeeper Registration Timeout.
PAGE 897
Appendix B-Active Alarms Table B-1 Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description Hot backup: Network issue Hot Backup: Paired MCU is unreachable. Initialization of ice stack failed Insufficient resources The number of resources in the license is higher than the actual system resources. Check the media cards or insert a media card. Insufficient UDP Ports When defining fixed port, the number of defined UDP ports is lower than the required ports. Configure additional ports.
PAGE 898
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table B-1 Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description Missing Central Signaling IP configuration MPL startup failure. Authentication not received. Authentication was not received from Switch. Check the switch card. MPL startup failure. Management Network configuration not received. Management Network message was not received. Check the Switch card. Network interface is not configured.
PAGE 899
Appendix B-Active Alarms Table B-1 Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description Port configuration was modified Power off Power Problem Level Critical Power Problem Level Major Product activation failure Assign a new activation key. Product Type mismatch. System is restarting. The user is alerted to a mismatch between the product type that is stored in MCU software and the product type received from another system component. In such a case the system is automatically restarted.
PAGE 900
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table B-1 Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description RTM ISDN card startup procedure error The RTM ISDN card cannot complete its startup procedure (usually after system reset). Check the card and/or reset the card. Secured SIP communication failed Error status (408) received from SIP proxy. Security mode failed. Certificate has expired. Security mode failed.
PAGE 901
Appendix B-Active Alarms Table B-1 Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description SIP TLS: Registration server not responding This alarm is displayed when the Collaboration Server does not receive a response from the OCS to the registration request in the expected time frame. Possible causes are: SIP TLS: Registration transport error • The Collaboration Server FQDN name is not defined in the OCS pool, or is defined incorrectly.
PAGE 902
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table B-1 Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description The system has been configured for Ultra Secure Mode, but communication is not secured until a TLS certificate is installed and the MCU is set to Secured Communication. Although the System Flag ULTRA_SECURE_MODE is set to YES, the Ultra Secure Mode is not fully implemented as the TLS certificate was not installed.
PAGE 903
Appendix C CDR Fields - Unformatted File The CDR (Call Detail Records) utility is used to retrieve conference information to a file. The CDR utility can retrieve conference information to a file in both formatted and unformatted formats. Unformatted CDR files contain multiple records. The first record in each file contains information about the conference in general, such as the conference name and start time.
PAGE 904
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Conference Summary Record The conference summary record (the first record in the unformatted CDR file) contains the following fields: Table C-1 Conference Summary Record Fields Field Description File Version The version of the CDR utility that created the file. Conference Routing Name The Routing Name of the conference. Internal Conference ID The conference identification number as assigned by the system.
PAGE 905
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-1 Conference Summary Record Fields (Continued) Field Description GMT Offset The time zone difference between Greenwich and the Collaboration Server’s physical location in hours and minutes. Together with the GMT Offset Sign field the GMT Offset field is used to define the Collaboration Server local time.
PAGE 906
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Event Types The table below contains a list of the events that can be logged in the CDR file, and indicates where to find details of the fields that are specific to that type of event. The event code identifies the event in the unformatted CDR file, and the event name identifies the event in the formatted CDR file. Table C-2 CDR Event Types Event Code Event Name Description 1 CONFERENCE START The conference started.
PAGE 907
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-2 CDR Event Types (Continued) Event Code Event Name Description 10 DEFINED PARTICIPANT Information about a defined participant, that is, a participant who was added to the conference before the conference started. For more information about the fields, see Table C-14, “Event Fields for Events 10, 101, 105 - DEFINED PARTICIPANT, USER ADD PARTICIPANT, USER UPDATE PARTICIPANT,” on page C-20.
PAGE 908
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-2 CDR Event Types (Continued) Event Code Event Name Description 28 SIP PRIVATE EXTENSIONS Contains SIP Private Extensions information. GATEKEEPER INFORMATION Contains the gatekeeper caller ID, which makes it possible to match the CDR in the gatekeeper and in the MCU. 30 For more information about the fields, see Table C-25, “Event Fields for Event 28 - SIP PRIVATE EXTENSIONS,” on page C-31.
PAGE 909
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-2 CDR Event Types (Continued) Event Code Event Name Description 101 USER ADD PARTICIPANT A user added a participant to the conference during the conference. For more information about the fields, see Table C-14, “Event Fields for Events 10, 101, 105 - DEFINED PARTICIPANT, USER ADD PARTICIPANT, USER UPDATE PARTICIPANT,” on page C-20. 102 103 104 105 USER DELETE PARTICIPANT A user deleted a participant from the conference.
PAGE 910
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-2 Event Code Event Name Description 109 OPERATOR ATTEND PARTY The Collaboration Server User moved the participant to the Operator conference. For more information, see Table C-35, “Event Fields for Events 107 and 109 - OPERATOR MOVE PARTY FROM CONFERENCE and OPERATOR ATTEND PARTY,” on page C-34.
PAGE 911
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-2 Event Code Event Name Description 2012 RESERVED PARTICIPANT CONTINUE 2 Additional information about a DEFINED PARTICIPANT event. USER ADD PARTICIPANT CONTINUE 1 Additional information about a USER ADD PARTICIPANT event. USER ADD PARTICIPANT CONTINUE 2 Additional information about a USER ADD PARTICIPANT event. USER UPDATE PARTICIPANT CONTINUE 1 Additional information about a USER UPDATE PARTICIPANT event.
PAGE 912
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-2 CDR Event Types (Continued) Event Code Event Name Description 5001 CONFERENCE START CONTINUE 4 Additional information about a CONFERENCE START event. For more information about the fields, see Table C-5, “Event Fields for Event 5001 - CONFERENCE START CONTINUE 4,” on page C-14.
PAGE 913
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-3 Polycom, Inc. Event Fields for Event 1 - CONFERENCE START (Continued) Field Description Auto Terminate Indicates whether the conference was set to end automatically if no participant joins the conference for a predefined time period after the conference starts, or if all participants disconnect from the conference and the conference is empty for a predefined time period. Possible values are: 0 - The conference was not set to end automatically.
PAGE 914
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-3 Field Description T120 Rate Not supported. Always contains the value 0. Table C-4 C-12 Event Fields for Event 1 - CONFERENCE START (Continued) Event Fields for Event 2001 - CONFERENCE START CONTINUE 1 Field Description Audio Tones Not supported. Always contains the value 0. Alert Tone Not supported. Always contains the value 0.
PAGE 915
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-4 Polycom, Inc. Event Fields for Event 2001 - CONFERENCE START CONTINUE 1 (Continued) Field Description Minimum Number of Participants The number of participants for which the system reserved resources. Additional participants may join the conference without prior reservation until all the resources are utilized. Currently the only value is 0.
PAGE 916
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-4 Event Fields for Event 2001 - CONFERENCE START CONTINUE 1 (Continued) Field Description Lecture Mode Type Indicates the type of Lecture Mode, as follows: 0 - None 1 - Lecture Mode 3 - Presentation Mode Lecturer Note: This field is only relevant if the Lecture Mode Type is Lecture Mode. The name of the participant selected as the conference lecturer.
PAGE 917
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-6 Field Description Encryption Indicates the conference encryption setting, as follows: 0 - The conference is not encrypted. 1 -The conference is encrypted. Table C-7 Event Fields for Event 11001 - CONFERENCE START CONTINUE 10 Field Description Display Name The Display Name of the conference.
PAGE 918
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-9 Event fields for Event 3 - ISDN/PSTN CHANNEL CONNECTED (Continued) Field Description Call Type The call type, as follows: 68 - 56 KBS data call 72 - 1536kbs data call (PRI only) 75 - 56 KBS data call 77 - Modem data service 79 - 384kbs data call (PRI only) 86 - Normal voice call Network Service Program The Network Service program, as follows: 0 - None 1 - ATT_SDN or NTI_PRIVATE 3 - ATT_MEGACOM or NTI_OUTWATS 4 - N
PAGE 919
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-9 Event fields for Event 3 - ISDN/PSTN CHANNEL CONNECTED (Continued) Field Description Calling Participant Phone Number The telephone number used for dial-in.
PAGE 920
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-11 Event fields for Event 5 - ISDN/PSTN PARTICIPANT CONNECTED (Continued) Field Description Participant ID The identification number assigned to the participant by the MCU. Participant Status The participant status, as follows: 0 -Idle 1 -Connected 2 - Disconnected 3 - Waiting for dial-in 4 -Connecting 5 - Disconnecting 6 - Partially connected. Party has completed H.
PAGE 921
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-11 Event fields for Event 5 - ISDN/PSTN PARTICIPANT CONNECTED (Continued) Field Description Secondary Cause (cont.) 15 - Video stream violation due to incompatible annexes or other discrepancy.
PAGE 922
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-13 Event Fields for Event 2007 - PARTICIPANT DISCONNECTED CONTINUE 1 Field Description Mux Board ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0. Mux Unit ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0. Audio Codec Board ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0. Audio Codec Unit ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0. Audio Bridge Board ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0.
PAGE 923
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-14 Event Fields for Events 10, 101, 105 - DEFINED PARTICIPANT, USER ADD PARTICIPANT, USER UPDATE PARTICIPANT (Continued) Field Description Dialing Direction The dialing direction, as follows: 0 - Dial-out 5 - Dial-in Bonding Mode Not supported. Always contains the value 0. Number Of Channels Note: This field is only relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants. Net Channel Width Not supported. Always contains the value 0.
PAGE 924
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-14 Event Fields for Events 10, 101, 105 - DEFINED PARTICIPANT, USER ADD PARTICIPANT, USER UPDATE PARTICIPANT (Continued) Field Description Number of MCU Phone Numbers Note: This field is only relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants. Party and MCU Phone Numbers Note: This field is only relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants. Identification Method Note: This field is only relevant to dial-in participants.
PAGE 925
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-15 Event Fields for Events 2010, 2011, 2015 - DEFINED PARTICIPANT CONTINUE 1, USER ADD PARTICIPANT CONTINUE 1, USER UPDATE PARTICIPANT CONTINUE 1 Field Description Undefined Participant Indicates whether are not the participant is an undefined participant, as follows: 0 - The participant is not an undefined participant. 2 - The participant is an undefined participant.
PAGE 926
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-16 Event Fields for Event 2011 - DEFINED PARTICIPANT CONTINUE 2, Event 2012 - USER ADD PARTICIPANT CONTINUE 2, Event 2016 - USER UPDATE PARTICIPANT CONTINUE 2 Field Description Encryption Indicates the participant’s encryption setting as follows: 0 - The participant is not encrypted. 1 - The participant is encrypted. 2 - Auto. The conference encryption setting is applied to the participant.
PAGE 927
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-18 Event Fields for Events 17, 23 - H323 PARTICIPANT CONNECTED, SIP PARTICIPANT CONNECTED Field Description Participant Name The name of the participant. An empty field “” denotes an unidentified participant or a participant whose name is unspecified. Participant ID The identification number assigned to the participant by the MCU.
PAGE 928
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-18 Event Fields for Events 17, 23 - H323 PARTICIPANT CONNECTED, SIP PARTICIPANT CONNECTED (Continued) Field Description Secondary Cause Note: This field is only relevant if the Participant Status is Secondary.
PAGE 929
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-19 Event Fields for Event 18 - NEW UNDEFINED PARTICIPANT (Continued) Field Description Restrict Not supported. Always contains the value 0. Audio Only Indicates the participant’s Audio Only setting, as follows: 0 - The participant is not an Audio Only participant 1 - The participant is an Audio Only participant 255 - Unknown Default Number Type Note: This field is only relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants. The type of telephone number.
PAGE 930
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-19 Event Fields for Event 18 - NEW UNDEFINED PARTICIPANT (Continued) Field Description Chair Not supported. Always contains the value 0. Video Protocol The video protocol, as follows: 1 - H.261 2 - H.263 4 - H.264 255 -Auto Broadcasting Volume The broadcasting volume assigned to the participant. The value is between 1 (lowest) and 10 (loudest). Each unit movement increases or decreases the volume by 3 dB.
PAGE 931
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-19 Event Fields for Event 18 - NEW UNDEFINED PARTICIPANT (Continued) Field Description H.323 Participant Alias Type/SIP Participant Address Type Note: This field is only relevant to IP participants. For H.323 participants, the alias type, as follows: 7 - E164 8 - H.323 ID 13 - Email ID 14 - Participant number For SIP participants, the address type, as follows: 1 - SIP URI 2 - Tel URL H.
PAGE 932
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-22 Event Fields for Event 21 - SET PARTICIPANT DISPLAY NAME Field Description Participant Name The original name of the participant, for example, the name automatically assigned to an undefined participant, such as, “_(000)”. Participant ID The identification number assigned to the participant by the MCU.
PAGE 933
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-24 Event fields for Event 26 - RECORDING LINK (Continued) Field Description Recording Link Name The name of the Recording Link. Recording Link ID The Recording Link ID. Start Recording Policy The start recording policy, as follows: 1 - Start recording automatically as soon as the first participant connects to the conference.
PAGE 934
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-27 Event fields for Event 31 - PARTICIPANT CONNECTION RATE (Continued) Field Description Participant Current Rate The participant line rate in Kbps. Table C-28 Event Fields for Event 32 Field Description IP V6 IPv6 address of the participant’s endpoint. Table C-29 Event fields for Event 33 - PARTY CHAIR UPDATE Field Description Participant Name The participant name.
PAGE 935
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-31 Event Fields for Event 35 - SVC SIP PARTICIPANT CONNECTED Field Description Participant Name The name of the participant. An empty field "" denotes an unidentified participant or a participant whose name is unspecified Participant ID The identification number assigned to the participant by the MCU.
PAGE 936
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-33 Event Fields for Events 102,103, 104 - USER DELETE PARTICIPANT, USER DISCONNECT PARTICIPANT, USER RECONNECT PARTICIPANT Field Description User Name The login name of the user who reconnected the participant to the conference, or disconnected or deleted the participant from the conference. Participant Name The name of the participant reconnected to the conference, or disconnected or deleted from the conference.
PAGE 937
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-36 Event Fields for Events 108, 112 - OPERATOR MOVE PARTY TO CONFERENCE, OPERATOR ATTEND PARTY TO CONFERENCE (Continued) Field Description Party ID The identification number assigned to the participant by the MCU. Connection Type The connection type, as follows: 0 - Dial-out 5 - Dial-in Bonding Mode Note: This field is only relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants.
PAGE 938
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-36 Event Fields for Events 108, 112 - OPERATOR MOVE PARTY TO CONFERENCE, OPERATOR ATTEND PARTY TO CONFERENCE (Continued) Field Description Net SubService Name Note: This field is only relevant to dial-out, ISDN/PSTN participants. The network sub-service name. An empty field “” means that MCU selects the default sub-service. Number of Party Phone Numbers Note: This field is only relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants.
PAGE 939
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-36 Event Fields for Events 108, 112 - OPERATOR MOVE PARTY TO CONFERENCE, OPERATOR ATTEND PARTY TO CONFERENCE (Continued) Field Description Video Protocol The video protocol, as follows: 1 - H.261 2 - H.263 3 - H.264* 4 - H.264 255 -Auto Audio Volume The broadcasting volume assigned to the participant. The value is between 1 (lowest) and 10 (loudest). Undefined Type The participant type, as follows: 0 - Defined participant.
PAGE 940
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-36 Event Fields for Events 108, 112 - OPERATOR MOVE PARTY TO CONFERENCE, OPERATOR ATTEND PARTY TO CONFERENCE (Continued) Field Description H.323 Party Alias Type/SIP Party Address Type Note: This field is only relevant to IP participants. For H.323 participants, the alias type, as follows: 7 - E164 8 - H.
PAGE 941
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-39 Event Fields for Event 3010 - PARTICIPANT INFORMATION Field Description Info1 Info2 Info3 Info4 The participant information fields. These fields enable users to enter general information about the participant, such as the participant’s e-mail address. The maximum length of each field is 80 characters. VIP Not supported. Always contains the value 0.
PAGE 942
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-40 Disconnection Cause Values (Continued) C-40 Value Call Disconnection Cause 154 H323 call close. Alt Gatekeeper failure 191 H323 call close. Remote busy 192 H323 call close. Normal 193 H323 call close. Remote reject 194 H323 call close. Remote unreachable 195 H323 call close. Unknown reason 198 H323 call close. Small bandwidth 199 H323 call close. Gatekeeper failure 200 H323 call close.
PAGE 943
Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Table C-40 Disconnection Cause Values (Continued) Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 944
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table C-40 Disconnection Cause Values (Continued) Value Call Disconnection Cause 501 SIP server error 501 502 SIP server error 502 503 SIP server error 503 504 SIP server error 504 505 SIP server error 505 600 SIP busy everywhere 603 SIP global failure 603 604 SIP global failure 604 606 SIP global failure 606 MGC Manager Events that are not Supported by the Collaboration Server The following MGC Manager events
PAGE 945
Appendix D Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Ad Hoc conferencing feature enables participants to start ongoing conferences on-the-fly, without prior definition when dialing an Ad Hoc-enabled Entry Queue. The created conference parameters are taken from the Profile assigned to the Ad Hoc-enabled Entry Queue.
PAGE 946
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4 The MCU checks whether a conference with the same Conference ID is running on the MCU. If there is such a conference, the participant is moved to that conference. If there is no ongoing conference with that Conference ID, the system creates a new conference, based on the Profile assigned to the Entry Queue, and connects this participant as the conference chairperson.
PAGE 947
Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Entry Queue Level - Conference Initiation Validation with an External Database Application Starting a new conference with external database application validation entails the following steps: IP Endpoint MCU 92 51 00 0 IP Endpoint MCU Prefix in Gatekeeper - 925 925DefaultEQ Network 1001 1200 On Going Conference with this ID? 1300 9 00 10 25 Name: DefaultEQ Numeric ID: 1000 IP Endpoint New Conference ID: 1300 Figure D-2 Confere
PAGE 948
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide — Conference Information, such as the contact person name. These fields correspond to Info 1, 2 and 3 fields in the Conference Properties - Information dialog box. — Maximum number of participants allowed for the conference — Conference Owner These parameters can also be defined in the conference Profile. In such a case, parameters sent from the database overwrite the parameters defined in the Profile.
PAGE 949
Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Conference access authentication can be performed as: • Part of the Ad Hoc conferencing flow where the participants must be authorized before they can enter the conference created in the Ad Hoc flow • Independent of Ad Hoc conferencing where conference access is validated for all conferences running on the MCU regardless of the method in which the conference was started.
PAGE 950
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • • If the Conference IVR Service is configured to prompt for the chairperson identifier and password, the participant is requested to enter the chairperson identifier. — If no identifier is entered, the participant connects as a standard, undefined participant. If the chairperson identifier is entered, the participant is requested to enter the chairperson password.
PAGE 951
Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication • • • • • If the Conference IVR Service is configured to prompt for the Conference password, the participant is requested to enter the conference password. In this flow, the conference password is not validated with the external database application, only with the MCU. — If the wrong password is entered, he/she is disconnected from the conference.
PAGE 952
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • Ad Hoc - enabled Entry Queue Ad Hoc conferencing must be enabled in the Entry Queue and a Profile must be assigned to the Entry Queue. In addition, an Entry Queue IVR Service supporting conference ID request. For details, see "Entry Queues” on page 7-1.
PAGE 953
Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication MCU Configuration to Communicate with an External Database Application To enable the communication with the external database application, several flags must be set in the System Configuration. To set the System Configuration flags: 1 On the Setup menu, click System Configuration. The System Flags dialog box opens. 2 Modify the values of the following flags: Table D-1 Flag Values for Accessing External Database Application Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 954
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Enabling External Database Validation for Starting New Ongoing Conferences The validation of the participant’s right to start a new conference with an external database application is configured in the Entry Queue IVR Service - Global dialog box. >> Set the External Server Authentication field to Numeric ID.
PAGE 955
Appendix E Participant Properties Advanced Channel Information The following appendix details the properties connected with information about audio and video parameters, as well as, problems with the network which can affect the audio and video quality. Table E-1 Participant Properties - Channel Status Advanced Parameters Field Description Media Info Polycom, Inc. Algorithm Indicates the audio or video algorithm and protocol.
PAGE 956
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table E-1 Participant Properties - Channel Status Advanced Parameters (Continued) Field Description RTP Statistics Actual loss Out of Order E-2 The number of missing packets counted by the IP card as reported in the last RTP Statistics report. If a packet that was considered lost arrives later, it is deducted from the packet loss count.
PAGE 957
Appendix E-Participant Properties Advanced Channel Information Table E-1 Participant Properties - Channel Status Advanced Parameters (Continued) Polycom, Inc. Field Description Fragmented Indicates the number of packets that arrived to the IP card fragmented (i.e., a single packet broken by the network into multiple packets). This value can indicate the delay and reordering of fragmented packets that require additional processing, but is not considered a fault.
PAGE 958
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide E-4 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 959
Appendix F Secure Communication Mode The RMX™ can be configured to work in Secure Mode or Ultra Secure Mode. For more information see "Ultra Secure Mode” on page 23-1 and "Flags Specific to Maximum Security Environments - Ultra Secure Mode” on page 22-52. In Secured mode the Collaboration Server and the Collaboration Server Web Client are configured to work with SSL/TLS. In this mode, a SSL/TLS Certificate is installed on the MCU, setting the MCU Listening Port to secured port 443.
PAGE 960
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Certificate Template Requirements The specific security certificate requirements for Collaboration Servers used in Maximum Security Environments are: • Support of 2048-bit encryption keys. • Support of Extended Key Usage (EKU) for both: — Client Authentication — Server Authentication The certificate template used by your CA server may need modification to meet the Collaboration Server requirements.
PAGE 961
Appendix F-Secure Communication Mode Purchasing and Installing a Certificate Once a certificate is purchased and received it is stored in the Collaboration Server and used for all subsequent secured connections. For more information see the Ultra Secure Mode chapter, "Adding Certificates to the Certificate Repository” on page 23-6. Certificates are deleted when an administrator performs a Restore Factory Defaults with the Comprehensive Restore option selected.
PAGE 962
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Management Security Properties dialog box is displayed. 4 Select the Secured Communication check box.
PAGE 963
Appendix F-Secure Communication Mode For more information see: • "Configuring Direct Connections to the Collaboration Server” on page G-1 • "Connecting to the Alternate Management Network” on page G-6. Connection to the Alternate Management Network bypasses LAN and Firewall security. Strict control of access to LAN 3 port is recommended. Restoring Defaults For details see "Restoring Defaults” on page J-1. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 964
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-6 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 965
Appendix G Configuring Direct Connections to the Collaboration Server Direct connection to the Collaboration Server is necessary if you want to: • Modify the Collaboration Server’s Factory Default Management Network settings without using the USB memory stick. • Connect to the Collaboration Server’s Alternate Management Network for support purposes. • Connect to the Collaboration Server via a modem.
PAGE 966
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 - Administrator’s Guide The Alternate Management Network is only available if Network Separation has not been performed. For more information, see "Multiple Network Services” on page 16-53. Configuring the Workstation The following procedures show how to modify the workstation’s networking parameters using the Windows New Connection Wizard. For non-Windows operating systems an equivalent procedure must be performed by the system administrator.
PAGE 967
Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connections to the Collaboration Server 4 In the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box, select Internet Protocol [TCP/IP] > Properties. 5 In the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box, select Use the following IP address. 6 Enter the IP address, Subnet mask and Default gateway for the workstation. The workstation’s IP address should be in the same network neighborhood as the Collaboration Server’s Control Unit IP address. Example: IP address – near 192.
PAGE 968
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 - Administrator’s Guide Table G-1 Reserved IP Addresses IP Address Network Entity Management Network (Factory Default) Alternate Network Control Unit IP Address 192.168.1.254 169.254.192.10 Control Unit Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.240.0 Default Router IP Address 192.168.1.1 169.254.192.1 Shelf Management IP Address 192.168.1.252 169.254.192.16 Shelf Management Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.240.0 192.168.1.1 169.254.192.
PAGE 969
Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connections to the Collaboration Server The Fast Configuration Wizard starts.
PAGE 970
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 - Administrator’s Guide 9 In the Collaboration Server Web Client Login screen, enter the default Username (POLYCOM) and Password (POLYCOM) and click the Login button. Connecting to the Alternate Management Network Access to the Alternate Management Network is via a cable connected to a workstation. The Alternate Management Network is accessible only via the dedicated LAN 3 port.
PAGE 971
Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connections to the Collaboration Server Connecting to the Collaboration Server via Modem Remote access to the Collaboration Server’s Alternate Management Network is supported via an external PSTN <=> IP modem. To connect via modem to the Alternate Management Network the following procedures must be performed: 1 Procedure 1: Install the RMX Manager – the web client enables direct access to the Collaboration Server for support purposes.
PAGE 972
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 - Administrator’s Guide Procedure 3: Create a Dial-up Connection To create a dial-up connection: This procedure is performed once. Only the Dial field in the Connect applet (see step 10 on page G-11) is modified for connection to different modems. G-8 1 In Windows, navigate via the Control Panel to the Network Connections applet and select Create a new connection. 2 When the New Connection Wizard is displayed, click the Next button.
PAGE 973
Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom, Inc. 4 In the Getting Ready box, select Set up my connection manually and click the Next button. 5 In the Internet Connection box, select Connect using dial-up modem and click the Next button. 6 In the Connection Name box, enter a Name for the modem connection (e.g. Modem Connection) and click the Next button.
PAGE 974
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 - Administrator’s Guide G-10 7 In the Phone Number to Dial box, enter the Phone Number for the modem and click the Next button. 8 In the Connection Availability box, select Anyone’s use and click the Next button. 9 In the Internet Account Information box, complete the Username, Password and Confirm Password fields and click the Next button. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 975
Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connections to the Collaboration Server 10 The Connection applet is displayed with the field values filled in as specified by the New Connection Wizard. 11 Click the Dial button to establish a connection to LAN 3 Port via the modem. The Windows – Network Connections applet displays Connected status for the new connection. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 976
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 - Administrator’s Guide Procedure 4: Connect to the Collaboration Server To Connect using the RMX Manager: To use the browser: 4 In the browser’s command line, enter http:/// RmxManager.html and press Enter. To use the Windows Start menu: 1 Click Start. a If the RMX Manager is displayed in the recently used programs list, click RMX Manager in the list to start the application. or b Click All Programs.
PAGE 977
Appendix H Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Integration into Microsoft environment (using Lync endpoints) is supported in AVC CP Conferencing Mode only. Overview The Polycom® Visual Communications offers high quality video and audio multipoint conferencing by integrating the Polycom network devices and endpoints into Microsoft® platforms.
PAGE 978
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide TLS certificates can be generated using the following methods: CSR, PFX and PEM; each giving different options for Encryption Key length. Table H-1 lists the SIP TLS Encryption Key length support for the various system components.
PAGE 979
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Figure H-1 Collaboration Server Multiple Networks Topology ICE is supported with this configuration from Version 7.8 onward. One Network Service including ICE can be configured per media card installed in the Collaboration Server as shown in Table H-2.
PAGE 980
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE) Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE) provides a structure/protocol to unify the various NAT Traversal techniques that are used to cross firewalls. It enables SIP based endpoints to connect while traversing a variety of firewalls that may exist between the calling endpoint (local) and the MCU or called endpoint (remote).
PAGE 981
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Branch Office - a connection between an endpoint that is behind a firewall and the Collaboration Server that reside in the same zone. The user in the Branch Office can also place and receive calls from other enterprises and remote users. For example, Enterprise A also contains a branch office, which in this example is a Polycom HDX user who is behind more than one firewall.
PAGE 982
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide For example, if company B wants to set up federation with company A and receive and send SIP calls that will be handled by the Polycom SIP signaling domain in company A, you need to add the FQDN of the company A Office Communications Server domain as well as the SIP signaling domain of company A to the list of internal SIP Server domains supported by the company B Office Communications Server/Lync Server environment.
PAGE 983
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment For a detailed description of the configuration of the Polycom conferencing components for the integration in Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 see Polycom® HDX and Collaboration Server™ Systems Integration with Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 Deployment Guide.
PAGE 984
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2 Expand the Enterprise Pools list. 3 Right-click the server pool icon, click Properties > Front End Properties. The Pool Front End Properties dialog box opens. H-8 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 985
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment 4 Click the Host Authorization tab. 5 Click the Add button to add the Collaboration Server as trusted host. The Add Authorized Host dialog box opens. 6 In the Add Authorized Host dialog box, enter the Collaboration Server FQDN name as defined in the DNS and will be used in the Static Routes definition. 7 In the Settings section, select the Throttle as Server and Treat As Authenticated check boxes. 8 Click OK.
PAGE 986
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 10 Click the Add button. The Add Static Routes dialog box opens. 11 In the Matching URI section, enter the Domain name for the Collaboration Server. Any domain name can be used. 12 In the Next hop section enter the Collaboration Server FQDN name as defined in the DNS and is used in the Host Authorization definition. 13 In the Transport field, select TLS to enable the dial-out from conferences to SIP endpoints.
PAGE 987
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Optional. Setting the Static Route & Trusted Host for Collaboration Server in the Load Balancer Server If your network includes a Load Balancer server, the Collaboration Server unit must be configured as a trusted host in the Load Balancer server in the same way it is configured in the OCS.
PAGE 988
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Collaboration Server in the Office Communications Server” on page 7. Make sure that when defining the Static Route it is pointing to the OCS pool and not to the Collaboration Server directly. Configuring the Collaboration Server System The required tasks are detailed in "Configuring the Collaboration Server for Microsoft Integration” on page H-37.
PAGE 989
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Setting the Numerical Dialing Method The Collaboration Server can be configured as a Voice Gateway in the OCS environment, enabling dialing in to meeting rooms using numbers instead of or in addition to SIP URI addresses which are long strings. In such configuration, HDX or MOC users dial a number rather than a full SIP URI, simplifying the dialing, which is especially beneficial with the HDX remote control.
PAGE 990
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide For a detailed description of the configuration of the Polycom conferencing components for the integration in Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 see Polycom® HDX and Collaboration Server™ Systems Integration with Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 Deployment Guide. Optional.
PAGE 991
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment The Office Communications Server infrastructure uses the WMI class MSFT_SIPTrustedAddInServiceSetting to store information for each voice gateway in the infrastructure. Typically, these gateways are Office Communications Server Mediation Servers, but in this case, the Collaboration Server is set as a voice gateway by creating a new instance of the class MSFT_SIPTrustedAddInServiceSetting.
PAGE 992
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To establish the voice route: 1 Open the OCS R2 management Console and right click on Forest and then click Properties > Voice Properties. The Office Communications Server Voice Properties dialog box opens. 2 Click the Routes tab. 3 Click the Add button. Office Communications Server Voice Properties - Routes dialog box opens. The Add Route dialog box opens.
PAGE 993
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment 6 In the Target Regular Expression field enter ^ and the MCU prefix as defined in the gatekeeper. This prefix is also defined in the Collaboration Server IP Network Service. For example, if 11 is the Collaboration Server prefix defined in gatekeeper, enter ^11. The circumflex expression "^11" causes this route to be applied to all numbers starting with "11".
PAGE 994
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 7 In the Gateways - Addresses box, click the Add button. The Add Route Gateway dialog box opens. 8 Select the Collaboration Server gateway address that was set up in “Configuring the Collaboration Server as a Routable Gateway” that appears in the drop down list of gateways. 9 Click OK to save the address and return to the Add Route dialog box. 10 In the Phone Usage box, click the Configure button.
PAGE 995
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment 4 In the right pane, right-click one or more users whom you want to configure, and then select Configure users. The Welcome to the Configure Users Wizard opens. 5 On the Welcome to the Configure Users Wizard dialog box, click Next. 6 On the Configure User Settings dialog box, click Next. 7 On the Configure Meeting Settings dialog box, click Next.
PAGE 996
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 12 Select Change location profile for selected users. 13 Select a location profile from the list, and then click Next. 14 On the Ready to Configure Users dialog box, review the settings, and then click Next. 15 On the Configure Operation Status dialog box, verify that the operation succeeded, and then click Finish.
PAGE 997
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Communications tab. 4 Click the Telephony Settings - Configure button. The Telephony Options dialog box opens. 5 Select the Enable Enterprise Voice option. 6 Click OK to return to the Properties - Communications dialog box. 7 Click OK.
PAGE 998
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Starting a Conferencing Call from the MOC 1 In the Office Communicator application, enter the number to dial, for example, 113344. This number is composed of the Collaboration Server Prefix in the Gatekeeper (for example, 11) and the Meeting Room ID, as defined on the Collaboration Server (for example, 3344). 2 Click Call, and then click Other.
PAGE 999
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment PFX Method - Creating the Security (TLS) Certificate in the OCS and Exporting the Certificate to the Collaboration Server Workstation If you are using the PFX method to create and send the security certificate to the Collaboration Server, certificate files rootCA.pem, pkey.pem and cert.pem must be sent to the Collaboration Server unit.
PAGE 1000
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4 Select Create a New Certificate and click Next. The Delayed or Immediate Request window appears. 5 Select Send the Request immediately to an online certificate authority and click Next. The Name and Security Settings window appears. H-24 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1001
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment 6 In the Name field, select the Collaboration Server name you entered in the FQDN field when defining the trusted host or as defined in the DNS server. 7 Select the Mark cert as exportable check box. 8 Click Next. The Organization Information window appears. 9 Enter the name of the Organization and the Organization Unit and click Next. Your Server’s Subject Name window appears. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1002
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 10 In the Subject name field, select the FQDN name of the Collaboration Server from the list or enter its name. Keep the default selection in the Subject alternate name field and click Next. 11 If an error message is displayed, click Yes to continue. The Geographical Information window appears. 12 Enter the geographical information as required and click Next. The Choose a Certification Authority window appears.
PAGE 1003
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment 13 Ensure that the Select a certificate authority from the list detected in your environment option is selected and that the local OCS front end entity is selected. 14 Click Next. The Request Summary window appears. 15 Click Next to confirm the listed parameters and create the requested certificate. The Assign Certificate Task window appears. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1004
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16 Select Assign certificate later and click Next (MS R2). The Certificate Wizard Completed window appears (MS R2). 17 Click Finish (MS R2). Retrieving the Certificate from the OCS to be sent to the Collaboration Server Workstation 1 In the OCS Enterprise Pools tree, expand the Pools list and the Server Pool list. 2 Right-click the pool Front End entity, and select Certificate.
PAGE 1005
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment 4 Select the certificate Subject Name of the Collaboration Server and click Next. The Export Certificate window appears. 5 Enter the path and file name of the certificate file to be exported or click the Browse button to select the path from the list. The new file type must be *.pfx and its name must include the .pfx extension.
PAGE 1006
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 7 If required, enter any password. For example, Polycom. Write down this password as you will have to manually create a password file in which this password will appear. Click Next. The Certificate Wizard Completed window appears. 8 Click Finish. The created *.pfx file is added in the selected folder. Optional. Creating the Certificate Password File (certPassword.
PAGE 1007
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Supporting Remote and Federated Users in Office Communications Server ICE Environment To enable the remote and Federation connections the following operations must be performed: • Create an Active Directory account for the Collaboration Server that will be used for registering and operating in the MS ICE environment • Enable the Collaboration Server User Account for Office Communication Server • Configure the Collab
PAGE 1008
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 In the New User wizard, define the following parameters: Table H-4 Active Directory - New User Parameters for the Collaboration Server H-32 Field Description First Name Enter the name for the Collaboration Server user. This name will be used in the configuration of the ICE environment in the Collaboration Server. Full Name Enter the same name as entered in the First Name field.
PAGE 1009
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment 7 Click Next. The system displays summary information. 8 Click Finish. The new User is added to the Active Directory Users list. Enabling the Collaboration Server User Account for Office Communication Server The new Collaboration Server user must be enabled for registration with the Office Communications Server.
PAGE 1010
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 In the Sign in name field, enter the Collaboration Server user name in the format SIP:rmx user name (for example sip:rmx1234) and select the domain name (for example, ilsnd.vsg.local) as entered in the New User dialog box. 4 Select the Server or Pool from the list. 5 Click Apply and then OK.
PAGE 1011
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Collaboration Server Integration into the Microsoft Lync Server 2010 and Lync Server 2013 Environments From Version 7.8, the The RMX interoperability level with Lync 2013 is identical to Lync 2010. Lync 2013 is backward compatible with all RMX Lync 2010 features. From Version 7.1, Collaboration Server systems can be integrated into the Microsoft Lync Server 2010 (Wave 14) environment.
PAGE 1012
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • Setting an additional system flag may be required on the Collaboration Server when running Video Switching conferences. For more details, see "Collaboration Server Configuration for CAC Implementation” on page H-64.
PAGE 1013
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Content Sharing via Polycom CSS (Content Sharing Suite) Plug-in for Lync Clients The Polycom CSS (Content Sharing Suite) Plug-in for Lync clients allows Lync clients to receive and send Content on a separate channel, without having to use the video channel. Content is transmitted using SIP BFCP. For more details, see "Sharing Content via the Polycom CSS Plug-in for Lync Clients” on page H-52.
PAGE 1014
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4 Click the DNS tab. 5 In the DNS field, select Specify to define the DNS parameters. 6 View or modify the following fields: Table 9 Management Network Properties – DNS Parameters Field Description MCU Host Name Enter the name of the MCU on the network. This name must be identical to the FQDN name defined for the Collaboration Server in the OCS and DNS. Default name is Collaboration Server.
PAGE 1015
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Defining a SIP Network Service in the Collaboration Server and Installing the Security Certificate Your RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) system should be installed according to standard installation procedures. For details, see the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide.
PAGE 1016
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2 In the RMX Management pane, expand the Rarely Used list and click IP Network Services ( ). 3 In the IP Network Services pane, double-click the Default IP Service ( entry. , , or ) The Default IP Service - Networking IP dialog box opens. 4 Make sure the IP Network Type is set to H.323 & SIP even though SIP will be the only call setup used with Office Communications Server 2007.
PAGE 1017
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment 6 Click the SIP Servers tab. 7 In the SIP Server, select Specify. 8 In the SIP Server Type, select Microsoft. 9 Enter the IP address of the Office Communications Server 2007 or Lync Server 2010 and the Server Domain Name as defined in the OCS/Lync Server and in the Management Network for the DNS. 10 If not selected by default, change the Transport Type to TLS.
PAGE 1018
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide CSR Method - Creating the Certificate 12 Click the Create Certificate button. The Create Certificate Request dialog box is displayed. 13 Enter information in all the following fields: Table H-1 Create Certificate Request Field Description Country Name Enter any 2 letter code for the country name. State or Province Enter the full name of the state or province. Locality Enter the full name of the town/city/location.
PAGE 1019
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment The Collaboration Server creates a New Certificate Request and returns it to the Create Certificate Request dialog box along with the information the user submitted. 15 Click Copy Request to copy the New Certificate Request to the workstation’s clipboard. 16 Connect to your preferred Certificate Authority’s website using the web browser. 17 Follow the purchasing instructions at the Certificate Authority’s website.
PAGE 1020
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide CSR Method - Sending the certificate After you have received the certificate from the Certificate Authority: If you have closed the IP Network Service - SIP Servers dialog box, repeat steps 1 to 11 in the procedure "Defining a SIP Network Service in the Collaboration Server and Installing the Security Certificate” on page H-39.
PAGE 1021
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment — If the certificate matches the private key, and the task is completed, a confirmation message indicating that the certificate was created successfully is displayed. Once the certificate is installed in the Collaboration Server you can complete the definition procedure or continue with the Collaboration Server configuration for ICE dialing.
PAGE 1022
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 28 Click the Browse button. The Open dialog box appears, letting you select the certificate file(s) to send to the MCU. Depending on the method used when the certificate file(s) were created, send the certificate file(s) to the Collaboration Server according to the contents of the file set that was created: — The certificate files pkey.pem, cert.pem and a certPassword.txt.
PAGE 1023
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment 33 In the Reset Confirmation dialog box, click No to modify the required system flags before resetting the MCU, or click Yes if the flag was already set. Reset can be performed after setting the system flags (for example, setting the MS_ENVIRONMENT flag). After system reset the Collaboration Server can register to the OCS server and make SIP calls. Sometimes the system fails to read the *.
PAGE 1024
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide In some configurations, the following flags may require modifications when MS_ENVIRONMENT flag is set to YES: Table H-2 Additional Microsoft Environment Flags in the Collaboration Server MCMS_PARAMETERS_USER Tab Flag Name Value and Description SIP_FREE_VIDEO_RESOURCES Default value in Microsoft environment: NO.
PAGE 1025
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment • AUTO – No forcing occurs and the Collaboration Server negotiates a full set of Audio algorithm during capabilities exchange. • G711A/U or G722 – Set this flag value according to the hosting workstation capabilities. If the Collaboration Server detects single core host during capabilities exchange it will assign a G.711 or G.722 Audio algorithm according to the flag value.
PAGE 1026
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table H-3 Selected video resolution based on flag setting and conference line rate and core processor (Continued) Selected Video Resolution Per Core Processor Maximum Resolution Value Line Rate HD720p VGA CIF QCIF Quad Dual Single > 600 kbps HD720p 30fps HD720p 13fps VGA 15fps 250 kbps - 600 kbps VGA 30fps VGA 30fps VGA 15fps 180 kbps - 249 kbps CIF CIF CIF 64 kbps - 179 kbps QCIF QCIF QCIF > 60
PAGE 1027
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment HD Frame Rate Flag Settings using the RTV Video Protocol The system flag MAX_ALLOWED_RTV_HD_FRAME_RATE defines the threshold Frame Rate (fps) in which RTV Video Protocol initiates HD resolutions. Flag values are as follows: Default: 0 (fps) - Implements any Frame Rate based on Lync RTV Client capabilities If the MAX_RTV_RESOLUTION flag is set to AUTO dual core systems always view VGA.
PAGE 1028
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Sharing Content via the Polycom CSS Plug-in for Lync Clients From version 8.1, Polycom CSS (Content Sharing Suite) Plug-in for Lync clients allows Lync clients to receive and send Content on a separate channel, without having to use the video channel. Content is transmitted using SIP BFCP. When Lync clients connect, each endpoint is represented twice in the RMX Manager or Collaboration Server Web Client.
PAGE 1029
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment • When set to NO (default), Content is sent to all Lync clients over the video channel, including those with the Polycom CSS plug-in installed, even when the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints is disabled. Other, non-Lync legacy endpoints will not be affected by this flag and will receive content according to the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints settings in the conference Profile.
PAGE 1030
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • H-54 The properties of the Lync client are those of a video participant. However, the Content channel will show 0 as there is no content channel. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1031
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Adding Presence to Conferencing Entities in the Buddy List Registration of conferencing entities (Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues and SIP Factories) with the SIP server adds these conferencing entities to the buddy list with their presence.
PAGE 1032
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide • In Multiple Networks configuration, an IP Network Service that is enabled for registration in a Conference Profile cannot be deleted. • Upgrading from previous versions to version 7.1 and later requires manual update of the registration in the Conference Profiles that are assigned to the conferencing entities.
PAGE 1033
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment 3 In the New User wizard, define the following parameters: Table H-5 Active Directory - New User Parameters for the Collaboration Server Field Description First Name Enter the name of the conferencing entity user. This name will appear in the buddy list of the Office Communication Server or Lync server. For example, vmr10.
PAGE 1034
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Enabling the Conferencing Entity User Account for Office Communication Server or Lync Server The new Conferencing Entity user must be enabled for registration with the Office Communications Server or Lync Server. To enable the Conferencing Entity User Account for Office Communication Server: 1 In the Active Directory Users and Computers window, right-click the conferencing entity user and then click Properties.
PAGE 1035
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment 8 Select the following parameters: — In Assign users to a pool field, select the required pool. — In the Generate user SIP URI, define the SIP URI of the conferencing entity using one of the following methods: • Select the Specify a SIP URI option and enter the conferencing entity user portion of SIP URI defined in the active directory.
PAGE 1036
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Selective registration is enabled by assigning a conference Profile in which registration is enabled to the conferencing entities that require registration. Assigning a conference Profile in which registration is disabled (registration check box is cleared) to conferencing entities will prevent them from registering.
PAGE 1037
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Verifying the Collaboration Server Conferencing Entity Routing Name and Profile Collaboration Server conferencing entity can be dialed directly from the buddy list of the Office Communications client or the Lync client if its routing name matches the user name of Active Directory account you created and Registration is enabled in the Conference Profile assigned to it.
PAGE 1038
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide When SIP registration is not enabled in the conference profile, the Collaboration Server's registering to SIP Servers will each register with an URL derived from its own signaling address. This unique URL replaces the non-unique URL, dummy_tester, used in previous versions. • Failed - Registration with the SIP Server failed.
PAGE 1039
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Conferencing Entity Properties Registration status is reflected in the Properties - Network Services dialog box: Figure H-7 Ongoing conference Properties - Network Services - SIP Registration Figure H-8 Meeting Room Properties - Network Services - SIP Registration Figure H-9 Entry Queue Properties - Network Services - SIP Registration Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1040
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Collaboration Server Configuration for CAC Implementation Enabling CAC Implementation CAC is enabled by manually adding the flags to the system Configuration and setting their values as follows: • • To enable the Call Admission Control implementation in the Collaboration Server: — CAC_ENABLE=YES In addition, to ensure that endpoints such as HDX remain connected to the conference for its duration when the Collaboration Se
PAGE 1041
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment For example, if a participant with a line rate of 900Kbps connects to the conference to which all other participants are connected at a line rate of 1024kbps, the line rate of all participants will decrease to 900Kbps. When this participant disconnects, the line rate of the remaining participants will increase to 1024Kbps.
PAGE 1042
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Connecting a Collaboration Server Meeting Room to a Microsoft AV-MCU Conference Microsoft Lync users can connect an Collaboration Server Meeting Room to a conference running on the Microsoft A/V MCU. This allows Collaboration Server Lync users to connect with a conference in progress on the A/V MCU and be an active participant in the conference.
PAGE 1043
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Configuring the Collaboration Server for Federated (ICE) Dialing The Collaboration Server Default IP Network Service must be configured to work with the Office Communication Server/Lync Server as the SIP Server and the Collaboration Server user defined in the Active Directory must also be defined in the Collaboration Server ICE environment parameters to enable remote dialing in a federated (ICE) environment, .
PAGE 1044
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 7 Click the SIP Advanced tab. 8 In the ICE Environment field, select MS (for Microsoft ICE implementation) to enable the ICE integration. This field is disabled if the Collaboration Server is running in MPM Card Configuration Mode. 9 In the Server User Name field, enter the Collaboration Server User name as defined in the Active Directory. For example, enter rmx111.
PAGE 1045
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Monitoring the Connection to the STUN and Relay Servers in the ICE Environment 1 In the Collaboration Server Web browser, in the Collaboration Server Management pane, click Signaling Monitor. 2 In the Signaling Monitor pane, click the IP Network Service entry. 3 Click the ICE Servers tab.
PAGE 1046
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2 Click the Channel Status - Advanced tab. The following connection information is displayed: Table H-8 Participant Properties - ICE Connection Parameters H-70 Field Description Collaboration Server IP Address The local IP address and port (in the format IP address:Port) of the Collaboration Server. Participant IP Address The local IP address and port (in the format IP address:Port) of the endpoint.
PAGE 1047
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Table H-8 Participant Properties - ICE Connection Parameters (Continued) Field Description ICE Participant IP Address The IP address and the Port number of the endpoint used to pass through the media. This information changes according to the ICE connection type: • When ICE connection type is local, it is identical to the IP address:Port displayed in the Participant IP Address.
PAGE 1048
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Active Alarms and Troubleshooting Active Alarms The following active alarms may be displayed in the Collaboration Server System Alerts pane when the Collaboration Server is configured for integration in the OCS environment: Table H-9 New Active Alarms Alarm Code Alarm Description SIP TLS: Failed to load or verify certificate files This alarm indicates that the certificate files required for SIP TLS could not be loaded
PAGE 1049
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment Table H-9 New Active Alarms (Continued) Alarm Code Alarm Description SIP TLS: Certificate has expired The current TLS certificate files have expired and must be replaced with new files. SIP TLS: Certificate is about to expire The current TLS certificate files will expire shortly and will have to be replaced to ensure the communication with the OCS.
PAGE 1050
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 9 ICE Environment - Collaboration Server Active Alarms Active Alarm Phase Alarm Displayed When ICE failure: The Notify message containing the A/V Edge Server URI was not received Notify The Notify message containing the A/V Edge Server URI was not received by the Collaboration Server. ICE failure: Received Notification does not contain URI.
PAGE 1051
Appendix H-Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsoft Environment • The communication between the OCS and the Collaboration Server can be checked in the Logger files: — SIP 401/407 reject messages indicate that the Collaboration Server is not configured as Trusted in the OCS and must be configured accordingly. — SIP 404 reject indication indicates that the connection to the OCS was established successfully.
PAGE 1052
Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-76 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1053
Appendix I Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Working in the Open Collaboration Server and TIP protocol are supported in AVC Conferencing Mode only. Collaboration With Cisco’s Telepresence Interoperability Protocol (TIP) TIP is a proprietary protocol created by Cisco for deployment in Cisco TelePresence systems (CTS). Since TIP is not compatible with standard video communication systems, interoperability between Cisco and other vendors’ Telepresence systems was initially impossible.
PAGE 1054
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Conferences hosted on the Collaboration Server can include a mix of existing end points (that do not support TIP) and CTS endpoints. TIP-enabled endpoints must support TIP Version 7 or higher. Calls from endpoints supporting older versions of TIP will be rejected. Deployment Architectures The following multipoint topologies are given as examples.
PAGE 1055
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Figure I-1 Single company with Polycom and Cisco Infrastructure - Polycom endpoints using SIP From Version 8.1.1, Polycom endpoints can also connect to Entry Queues, Meeting Rooms and conferences using all protocols, including TIP and SIP. The following table lists components and versions of the Collaboration Server and Cisco Telepresence Systems (CTS) Integration Solution Architecture.
PAGE 1056
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table I-1 Solution Architecture Components (Continued) Component Version Description Cisco Unified Presence 8.5, 8.6 Network-based Presence and Instant Messaging. Cisco Unified Contact Center Express 8.0, 8.5 Call distributor (ACD), interactive voice response (IVR) and computer telephony integration (CTI). Cisco IP Communicator 7.0,8.6 Windows PC-based softphone application. Cisco Unified Personal Communicator 8.
PAGE 1057
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Table I-1 Component Version Description Collaboration Server 7.6 and higher MCU: • Functions as the network bridge for multipoint calls between H.323, SIP and TIP endpoints. • The Collaboration Server can be interfaced to CUCM using a SIP trunk, enabling CTS to join multipoint calls on Collaboration Server. Signaling goes through the CUCM while the media in TIP format goes directly between the CTS and Collaboration Server.
PAGE 1058
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Call Flows Multipoint call with DMA In this example: I-6 • Collaboration Server prefix in the gatekeeper72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 725123 • DMA Meeting Number Generated by DMA Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1059
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Multipoint call without DMA In this example: Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1060
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Company to Company Models Using a Service Provider Using this topology, both companies connect to a Service Provider via a Cisco Session Border Controller (SBC). The Service Provider functions as a B2B Telepresence Exchange, enabling multipoint calls between the two companies and their respective video and audio endpoints using the Collaboration Server as the conference bridge.
PAGE 1061
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Model 1 The deployment architecture in Figure I-2 shows two companies: Company A and Company B. Company A - has deployed a Polycom solution including: • DMA • Collaboration Server • MLA • CMA Gatekeeper • Polycom telephony and desktop endpoints. The roles of the Polycom components are described in the Polycom Equipment section of Table I-1 on page I-3.
PAGE 1062
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Call Flow Multipoint call via Service Provider - Model 1 In this example: I-10 • Collaboration Server prefix in the gatekeeper72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 725123 • DMA Meeting Number Generated by DMA Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1063
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Model 2 The deployment architecture in Figure I-3 shows two companies: Company A and Company B. Company A - has the same deployment architecture as shown in "Single Company Model Polycom and Cisco Infrastructure” on page I-2. Company B - has deployed a Cisco solution including: • CTS 1000 • CTS 3000 • Cisco telephony endpoints. Figure I-3 Company to Company via Service Provider - Model 2 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1064
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The deployment architecture includes: Company A For a full description of Company A’s deployment, see "Single Company Model - Polycom and Cisco Infrastructure” on page I-2. Differing or additional configuration requirements for each element of this deployment model are listed below: Table I-2 Solution Architecture Components Component Version Description 8.
PAGE 1065
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Call Flow Multipoint call via Service Provider - Model 2 In this example: • Collaboration Server prefix in the gatekeeper72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 725123 • CUCM According to its Dial Plan forwards calls with prefix 72 to the Collaboration Server Administration The various deployment combinations and settings within the various Deployment Architectures affects the administration of the system.
PAGE 1066
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide For more information see the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Cisco Environments, “Using a Polycom CMA System as a Gatekeeper”. Standalone Cisco IOS Gatekeeper The Cisco IOS Gatekeeper can be used as the only gatekeeper for the network if the management capabilities of the Polycom CMA system are not required.
PAGE 1067
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Content Polycom and Cisco endpoints can share Content within a Cisco TelePresence environment. The content sharing experience depends on whether the endpoints are registered with the DMA or CUCM.
PAGE 1068
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide a With Neighbored IOS and CMA Gatekeepers For more information see the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Cisco Environments, “Configuring Cisco Unified Communications Manager for H.323”. b With CMA Gatekeeper For more information see the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Cisco Environments, “Configuring Cisco Unified Communications Manager for H.323”.
PAGE 1069
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Table I-5 Supported current Polycom products The following Polycom peripheral: • 1.3.0 Polycom Touch Control SIP ONLY (no TIP support) Version(s) Spectralink wireless phones 8020/8030 Polycom VVX 1500 V4.0 Polycom VVX 1500 C V3.3.1 KIRK Wireless Server 300/600v3/6000 The following procedures 1 - 16 are a summary of the configuration procedures.
PAGE 1070
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The procedures for configuring H.323 endpoints are described in detail in the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Cisco Environments. 15 Configuring SIP endpoints to register to: a DMA as SIP Proxy b CUCM as SIP Proxy The procedures for configuring SIP endpoints are described in detail in the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Cisco Environments.
PAGE 1071
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Configuring the Conference and Entry Queue IVR Services The IVR module includes two types of services: • Conference IVR Service that is used with conferences • Entry Queue IVR Service that is used with Entry Queues The configuration process is the same for TIP and non-TIP enabled Conferences and Entry Queues.
PAGE 1072
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide b The Port field must be set to it’s default value: 5060. (By default, the Outbound Proxy Server is the same as the SIP Server.) When configuring Collaboration Server to statically route SIP calls to DMA or CUCM, it is important to also configure the Collaboration Server’s H.323 Network Service to register with CMA gatekeeper. For more information see "Procedure 3: Configuring the Collaboration Server’s H.
PAGE 1073
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) 2 In the MCU Prefix in Gatekeeper field, enter the prefix that the Collaboration Server uses to register with the gatekeeper. Procedure 4: Configuring a TIP Enabled Profile on the Collaboration Server TIP enabled profiles must be used for the Entry Queues and Meeting Rooms defined on the Collaboration Server. (Different Profiles can be assigned to Entry Queues and Meeting Rooms, however they must be TIP enabled.) 1 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1074
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-22 2 In the New Profile - General tab, set the Line Rate to a value of at least that specified for the MIN_TIP_COMPATIBILITY_LINE_RATE System Flag in Procedure 1. 3 Click the Advanced tab. 4 Select the TIP Compatibility mode: Video and Content is recommended. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1075
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) The following tables list the system’s Content sharing behavior for the various combinations of TIP Compatibility mode settings and the following endpoints: Polycom Immersive Telepresence Systems (ITP) Version 3.0.3: • RPX 200 • RPX 400 • OTX 300 • TPX HD 306 • ATX HD 300 Polycom video conferencing endpoints (HDX) Version 3.0.3 • 7000 HD Rev C • 8000 HD Rev B • 9006 • 4500 Cisco TelePresence® System (CTS) Versions 1.7 / 1.
PAGE 1076
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Selecting TIP Compatibility as Video and Content disables Content Settings in the Video Quality tab. Table 13 TIP Compatibility - Prefer TIP Prefer TIP Content Receiver HDX / ITP Content Sender HDX / ITP CTS CTS H.239 / TIP Content In Prefer TIP mode, it is pre-requisite that the CTS and CUCM versions support H.264 base profile content without restrictions and that the CTS version be 1.9.
PAGE 1077
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) 6 Click the Video Settings tab. If the TIP Compatibility Mode was set to Video and Content, the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints disabled. This setting cannot be changed. 7 Set the Telepresence Mode to Auto. 8 Assign the New Profile to the Meeting Room. For more information see "Creating a New Meeting Room” on page 6-4. Procedure 5: Configuring an Ad Hoc Entry Queue on the Collaboration Server if DMA is not used 1 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1078
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2 In the New Entry Queue or Entry Queue Properties dialog box, ensure that Ad Hoc is selected. 3 Ensure that the Entry Queue is designated as the Transit Entry Queue as described in "Setting a Transit Entry Queue” on page 7-6. Procedure 6: Configuring a Meeting Room on the Collaboration Server The Profile for the Meeting Room must be TIP enabled as described in Procedure 4.
PAGE 1079
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) b Click the Advanced tab. c Ensure that: • • • Video Bit Rate is set to Automatic or at least equal to or greater than the value specified by the MIN_TIP_COMPATIBILITY_LINE_RATE System Flag. Resolution is set to Auto or at least HD 720. Video Protocol is set to Auto or at least H.264.
PAGE 1080
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The deployment architecture in Figure I-1 shows a company that has a mixture of Polycom, Cisco and Microsoft endpoints, room systems and telephony equipment that needs to enable multipoint calls between all its video and audio endpoints using the Collaboration Server as the conference bridge.
PAGE 1081
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Figure I-4 POCN Polycom, Microsoft and Cisco Infrastructure. Solution Architecture components. Component Version Polycom HDX 3.0.5 RSS 8.0 DMA 5.0 CMA 6.0.1 CMAD 5.2.3 ITP (OTX, RPX, ATX, TPX) 3.0.5 Conferencing for Outlook (PCO) 1.0.7 Touch Control 1.3 Microsoft Polycom, Inc. OCS 2007 R2 3.5.6907.236 Lync 2010 4.0.7577.183 CU4 OC 2007 R2 client 3.5.6907.236 Lync 2010 client 4.0.7577.4051 CU4 Exchange 2007 R2 SP3 8.3.213.
PAGE 1082
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Component Version Exchange 2010 SP2 14.2.247.5 Outlook 2007 12.0.6557.5001 SP2 Outlook 2010 14.0.6112.5000 Cisco CUCM 8.5, 8.6.2 Cisco Unified Personal communicator 8.5(2),8.5(5) Cisco Unified IP Phones 7960, 7961, 7962, 7965, 7975 CUCM 8.5 / CUCM 8.6(2) Compatible CTS 1.7.4, 1.8.1 C90, C20 TC5.0 The following are not supported: • In the Lync environment: • — Sending or receiving Content.
PAGE 1083
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Call Flow Multipoint Calls using DMA In this example: • Endpoint registration to either DMA, Lync or CUCM. • DMA dial in Prefix 72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 725123 • DMA Meeting NumberGenerated by DMA Administration The various deployment combinations and settings within the Deployment Architecture affects the administration of the system. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1084
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide DMA The DMA system can be configured as a SIP proxy and registrar for the environment as well as a Gatekeeper for dial in H.323 calls. When configured as a Gateway for dial in H.323 calls, it enables H.323 endpoints to connect to the same VMR as SIP clients.
PAGE 1085
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Table I-1 Solution Architecture Components Component Version Description ASR (Cisco SBC) 100x The Cisco Aggregation Services Routers (ASR) Series includes Cisco IOS XE Software Internetwork Operating System - Gatekeeper. It controls and manages real-time multimedia traffic flows between IP/SIP network borders, handling signaling, data, voice, and video traffic. Polycom Equipment DMA Collaboration Server 6.0.0_ATT_B uild_25 8.1.
PAGE 1086
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table I-1 Solution Architecture Components Component Version Lync 2010 client 4.0.7577.405 1 CU4 Exchange 2007 R2 SP3 8.3.213.1 Exchange 2010 SP2 14.2.247.5 Outlook 2007 12.0.6557.50 01 SP2 Outlook 2010 14.0.6112.50 00 Description TIP Layout Support & Resource Usage Cisco Telepresence endpoints using TIP protocol support only one (CTS 1000) or three (CTS 3000) display screens.
PAGE 1087
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Table I-2 Supported resolution per conference line rate Conference Line Rate Selected Resolution 963kbps to 3Mb 720p 30 fps Up to 936kbps Call is disconnected. Resource Allocation The MCU media processor (ART) supports up to three TIP-enabled screens as follows: • One TIP-enabled endpoint with three screens • Up to three TIP-enabled endpoint with one screen TIP-enabled endpoint with three screens must be handled by the same media processor.
PAGE 1088
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide b In the SIP Servers tab of the IP Network Services Properties dialog box: iIn the Certificate Method drop-down menu, select PEM/PFX. iiClick the Send Certificate button. The Install File dialog box is displayed. iiiBrowse to the saved Certificate on the Workstation and click the Yes button to install the certificate.
PAGE 1089
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) i In the Outbound Proxy Servers table, the Port field must be set to 5061. (The same value as entered in Step g.) For more information see the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Microsoft Environments. 1 Set the ITP_CERTIFICATION System Flag to YES. When set to NO (default), this flag disables the Telepresence features in the Conference Profile. 2 Set the MIN_TIP_COMPATIBILITY_LINE_RATE System Flag.
PAGE 1090
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide For more information see the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Microsoft Environments, “Deployment Process for Polycom Immersive Telepresence Systems”. 8 Register Lync Clients to the Lync server For more information see the relevant Lync documentation.
PAGE 1091
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) b In the New Profile - General tab, set the Line Rate to a value of at least that specified for the MIN_TIP_COMPATIBILITY_LINE_RATE System Flag in Procedure 1. c Click the Advanced tab. d Select the TIP Compatibility mode: Prefer TIP is recommended if Polycom endpoints are to connect using TIP, otherwise select Video and Content.
PAGE 1092
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The following tables list the system’s Content sharing behavior for the various combinations of TIP Compatibility mode settings and the following endpoints: Polycom Immersive Telepresence Systems (ITP) Version 3.0.3: • RPX 200 • RPX 400 • OTX 300 • TPX HD 306 • ATX HD 300 Polycom video conferencing endpoints (HDX) Version 3.0.
PAGE 1093
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Table I-7 TIP Compatibility - Prefer TIP Content Sender HDX / ITP CTS H.239 / TIP Content In Prefer TIP mode, it is pre-requisite that the CTS and CUCM versions support H.264 base profile content without restrictions and that the CTS version be 1.9.1 or higher and that CUCM version be version 9.0 or higher. Encryption Encryption between the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 and a CISCO environment is supported.
PAGE 1094
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide To enable DTLS negotiation for content encryption: 1 In a new or existing Profile, click the Advanced tab. 2 Set Encryption to either Encrypt All or Encrypt when possible. 3 Set the FORCE_ENCRYPTION_FOR_UNDEFINED_PARTICIPANT_IN_WHEN_ AVAILABLE_MODE System Flag to NO These setting will enable encrypted and non-encrypted H.323 participants to connect to encrypted or non-encrypted conferences.
PAGE 1095
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) a Click the Video Quality tab. Content Settings is disabled if TIP Compatibility is set to Video and Content in the Advanced tab. b Polycom, Inc. Click the Video Settings tab.
PAGE 1096
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide If the TIP Compatibility Mode was set to Video and Content, the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints disabled. This setting cannot be changed. c Set the Telepresence Mode to Auto/On and select the Telepresence Layout Mode. 4 Assign the New Profile to the Meeting Room. For more information see "Creating a New Meeting Room” on page 6-4. 5 Configure a Virtual Meeting Room (VMR) on the DMA.
PAGE 1097
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Endpoints 6 Configure HDX endpoints to register to Lync Server. The procedures for configuring HDX endpoints are described in detail in the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Microsoft Environments. 7 Configure H.323 endpoints to register to DMA as SIP Proxy The procedures for configuring SIP endpoints are described in detail in the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Cisco Environments.
PAGE 1098
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Operations During Ongoing Conferences Moving participants between TIP enabled meetings and non TIP enabled meetings is not possible. Monitoring CTS Participants 1 In the Participant List pane double-click the participant entry. Alternatively, right-click a participant and then click Participant Properties. The Participant Properties - General dialog box opens. 2 Click the SDP tab.
PAGE 1099
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) When viewing CTS systems in the Participants list, the individual video screens and the Audio Channel (AUX) of the CTS system are listed as separate participants. The Participant list below shows a connected CTS 3000, a 3-screen system. Video Audio Lync Participants (RTV) 1 In the Participant List pane double-click the participant entry. Alternatively, right-click a participant and then click Participant Properties.
PAGE 1100
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3 Click the Channel Status - Advanced tab 4 In the Channel Info drop-down menu select Video Out. Media Info displays RTV Channel Status parameters: Known Limitations The following may occur in the collaborative environment: I-48 • Artifacts and ghosting may appear when Lync Clients and CTS endpoints connect to the VMR. Frequency: Seldom.
PAGE 1101
Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. • Auto Layout sometimes ignored for CTS and Lync Clients calling through DMA. Frequency: Rarely. • Content sent from HDX endpoint is received by all endpoints for 1 second before stopping. Conference is Content to Legacy enabled and TIP Compatibility is Video Only. Frequency: Often.
PAGE 1102
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-50 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1103
Appendix J Restoring Defaults You can erase the current Collaboration Server configuration and restore default factory settings. There are two Restore levels: • Standard Restore • Comprehensive Restore This tool is intended for Administrator users, to be performed prior to RMA.
PAGE 1104
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Restoring Factory Defaults Restoring the Collaboration Server to Factory Defaults can be performed using the: • Administration Tools in the Collaboration Server menu This method is used when the user can login with Administrator or Support system permissions. • USB key This method is used when the user cannot login with Administrator or Support system permissions.
PAGE 1105
Appendix J-Restoring Defaults The Backup Configuration Dialog box opens. a Click Browse to select the Backup Directory Path and select Backup. The system initiates the backup of Collaboration Server configuration files. b Optional. To exit click Close. 5 When the backup completes, a confirmation dialog box is displayed. 6 Click Yes to restore the Collaboration Server. An Active Alarm is activated. 7 Click Yes, to reset the Collaboration Server.
PAGE 1106
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide USB Restore Do not insert a USB device into the RMX’s USB port unless it is your intention to disable Secured Mode or perform a Comprehensive Restore to Factory Defaults. Restoring the RMX Using the USB Port can be used to set the RMX back to its factory default settings, if for any combination of factors the system becomes unstable or unmanageable.
PAGE 1107
Appendix J-Restoring Defaults • RMX 4000 - at the bottom right corner of the RTM IP 4000 card on the back panel. Operations Performed Using a USB Device The USB port of an RMX in Ultra Secure Mode can be used to: • Restore the RMX to Default (Normal) Security mode (https  http).
PAGE 1108
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Comprehensive Restore to Factory Defaults deletes the following files: • CDR • Address Book • Log Files • Faults • Dump Files • Notes In addition all the conferencing entities are deleted: • Entry Queues • Profiles • Meeting Rooms • IVR Services • Default Network IP Service • Log Files • CFS license information • Management Network Service The RMX is restored to the settings it had when shipped from
PAGE 1109
Appendix J-Restoring Defaults (If the RMX is unresponsive after these procedures a further restart may be necessary.) Step 1: Backup Configuration Files The Software Management menu is used to backup and restore the RMX's configuration files and to download MCU software. To backup configuration files: a On the Collaboration Server menu, click Administration > Software Management > Backup Configuration. The Backup Configuration dialog box opens.
PAGE 1110
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide b In the Network Connections window, double-click the Local Area Connection that has Connected status. Local Area Connection c J-8 Connected Status In the Local Area Connection Status dialog box, click the Properties button. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1111
Appendix J-Restoring Defaults d In the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box, select Internet Protocol [TCP/IP] > Properties. e In the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box, select Use the following IP address. f Enter the IP address, Subnet mask and Default gateway for the workstation. The workstation’s IP address should be in the same network neighborhood as the RMX’s Control Unit IP address. Example: IP address – near 169.254.192.
PAGE 1112
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table J-1 Network Entity Alternate Network IP Address Control Unit Subnet Mask 255.255.240.0 Default Router IP Address 169.254.192.1 Shelf Management IP Address 169.254.192.16 Shelf Management Subnet Mask 255.255.240.0 Shelf Management Default Gateway 169.254.192.1 g J-10 Reserved IP Addresses Click the OK button. Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1113
Appendix J-Restoring Defaults Step 3: Connect the RMX to the Workstation The Alternate Management Network enables direct access to the RMX for support purposes. The Alternate Management Network cannot be configured and operates according to factory defaults. Access to the Alternate Management Network is via a cable connected to a workstation. The Alternate Management Network is accessible only via the LAN 3 port on the RMX 2000, the Modem port on the RMX 1500 and LAN 1 port on the RMX 4000.
PAGE 1114
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Step 9: Connect to the Alternate Management Network a Start the RMX Web Client application on the workstation, by entering http:// 169.254.192.10 (the Control Unit IP Address) in the browser’s address line and pressing Enter. The Login dialog box is displayed. b In the Collaboration Server Web Client Login screen, enter the default Username (POLYCOM) and Password (POLYCOM) and click Login.
PAGE 1115
Appendix J-Restoring Defaults The system prompts with a restart dialog box: Step 11: Unplug the USB device. >> Remove the USB device from the USB port of the RMX. Step 12: Restart the RMX. >> In the restart dialog box, click Yes. Step 13: Restore the System Configuration From the Backup. To restore configuration files: a On the RMX menu, click Administration > Software Management > Restore Configuration. b Browse to the Restore Directory Path where the backed up configuration files are stored.
PAGE 1116
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Step 3: Open the Certification Repository. Step 4: Update the CRL files. Step 5: Update the Repository. Step 6: Re-connect to the RMX. Step 7: Re-enable Secured Communications Mode. Step 1: Download and save the updated CRL files from the CA Server. These files are saved on the workstation. The RMX supports the use of PEM and DER formats.
PAGE 1117
Appendix J-Restoring Defaults b Click Add. c In the Install File dialog box, select the DER or PEM format depending on which file format was chosen in Step 1 of this procedure. d Click the Browse button to navigate to the folder on the workstation where you saved the CRL files in Step 1 of this procedure. e Select the CRL file that you want to upload. f Click Yes to proceed. The system checks the CRL file and displays a message that the certificate was loaded successfully.
PAGE 1118
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide The Hardware Monitor pane is displayed. d Click the Reset button. The RMX restarts. System restart can take 5 - 10 minutes, depending on the RMX’s configuration. Using the RMX Manager: e In the MCUs list, select the RMX to be updated. f Right-click in the MCUs list entry and select Connect. g Click Accept to accept the warning banner. h Enter an administrator Username and Password. i Click OK.
PAGE 1119
Appendix J-Restoring Defaults A system restart confirmation message is displayed. f Click Yes to restart the RMX. The RMX restarts. System restart can take 5 - 10 minutes, depending on the RMX’s configuration. Polycom, Inc. g In the MCUs list, select the RMX to be updated. h In MCU Properties, change the Port number from 80 to 443. i Click OK.
PAGE 1120
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide J-18 Polycom, Inc.
PAGE 1121
Appendix K SIP RFC Support Table K-1 Polycom, Inc. SIP RFC Support in RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Systems SIP RFC Description Note 1321 MD5 2032 RTP Payload for H.261 2205 RSVP 2327 Session Description Protocol (SDP) 2429 RTP Payload for H.
PAGE 1122
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide for Maximum Security Environments Table K-1 K-2 SIP RFC Support in RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Systems (Continued) SIP RFC Description 4566 Session Description Protocol (SDP) 4568 SDP Security Descriptions 4573 H.
PAGE 1123
Appendix L Homologation for Brazil H.323 & SIP Protocol Flag Options Using a set of system flags, the user has the ability to select either Polycom proprietary or H.323/SIP standard protocol settings. H.323 & SIP Flag Settings Three flags are enabled on the Collaboration Server, allowing the user to define and select either standard or proprietary H.323 and SIP protocol settings. Flag name: SIP_TIMERS_SET_INDEX Description: SIP Timer type timeout settings according to standard or proprietary protocol.
PAGE 1124
RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide Table 1 SIP Timer Types & their Values (Continued) Value (in milliseconds) SIP TIMER Types TimerK POLYCOM (flag default) Standard Recommended 5000 5000 Flag name: H323_TIMERS_SET_INDEX Flag description: Enables or disables H.323 index timer according to standard or proprietary H.323 protocol. Section CS_MODULE_PARAMETERS Possible values: 0 - Sets the H.